CPA Saskatchewan Professional Development Calendar 2019/2020

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PD INFORMATION ...... 9 HOW TO REGISTER FOR PD...... 10 2019/20 PD PASSPORT PROGRAM ...... 11 PD POLICIES ...... 12 FAQs ...... 13 CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT (CPD) ...... 14 CPA COMPETENCIES ...... 15 COURSE LEVEL ...... 15 CONTACT INFORMATION ...... 16 PD COURSE LOCATIONS ...... 16 PD IN-HOUSE PRESENTATION PROGRAM ...... 17 IN PERSON COURSES...... 18 OCTOBER 2019 ...... 19 NOVEMBER 2019 ...... 20 DECEMBER 2019 ...... 22 JANUARY 2020 ...... 23 FEBRUARY 2020 ...... 24 MARCH 2020 ...... 25 REGINA COURSES ...... 26 SASKATOON COURSES ...... 28 STRATEGY AND GOVERNANCE, PERFORMANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT ...... 30 Board Governance: Duties, Liabilities and Conflict of Interest ...... 31 Controllership – Operational Management ...... 32 Controllership – Strategic Leadership ...... 33 Effective Costing & Profitability Management ...... 34 Fraud Happens – What to Do When You Suspect Fraud? ...... 35 Fraud Risk Management ...... 36 Governance, Risk and Compliance Program ...... 37 Improving Audit Committee Effectiveness ...... 38 Improving Governance in the Corporate Sector ...... 39 Improving your Bottom Line Using KPIs ...... 40 Internal Control ...... 41 Internal Control Refresher for Financial Managers ...... 42 Management Accounting – Foundations ...... 43 Not-for-Profit Organizations – Governance ...... 44 Strategy and Risk Management for Financial Managers ...... 45 Ten Practical Steps To Identify & Manage Risk in Your Business or Professional Practice ...... 46 FINANCIAL REPORTING ...... 47 Accelerate and Optimize Financial Close and Spreadsheet Control ...... 48 ASNFPO – Update 2019 ...... 49 ASPE – Construction Industry ...... 50 ASPE – Disclosure and Presentation ...... 51 ASPE – Related Party Transactions ...... 52 ASPE – Review of the Standards ...... 53 ASPE – Update 2019 ...... 54 IFRS – Update 2019 ...... 55 Not-for-Profit Organizations – Disclosure & Presentation ...... 56 Not-for-Profit Organizations – Review of the Standards ...... 57 PSAS – Review of the Standards ...... 58 PSAS – Specific Topics ...... 59 ASSURANCE ...... 60 Application of ASPE and CSRE 2400 ...... 61 Assurance Standards – Update 2019 ...... 62 Audit Engagements – Application of the Standards Using PEG...... 63 Audit Engagements – Audit of a Simple Entity ...... 64 Audit Engagements – CAS 240: Risk Related to Fraud ...... 65 Block Chain, Cryptocurrency and the External Audit Profession ...... 66 Compilation Engagements – Review of Section 9200 ...... 67 Quality Control – Application of CSQC1 ...... 68 Review Engagements – Specific Topics ...... 69 TAXATION ...... 70 Advanced Tax Planning Strategies ...... 71 Advanced Tax Planning Strategies for Business Succession ...... 72 Corporate Restructuring – Fundamentals ...... 73 Corporate Restructuring – Section 85: Transfer of Property ...... 74 Corporate Tax – Compliance and Planning in T2 Preparation ...... 75 Corporate Tax – Review of Tax Planning ...... 76 Corporate Tax – RDTOH, CDA & Other Tax Accounts ...... 77 Corporate Tax – Section 55: How Safe Are Your Dividends? ...... 78 GST/HST – Real Property ...... 79 GST/HST – Specific Topics ...... 80 Income Tax – 5 Years of Developments ...... 81 Income Tax – Assessments, Objections, Voluntary Disclosure & Risk ...... 82 Income Tax – Everyday Issues for General Practitioners ...... 83 Income Tax – Income Splitting, A New Era ...... 84 Income Tax – Partnerships ...... 85 Income Tax – Update 2019 ...... 86 Joint Ventures for Farm/Ag Corporations ...... 87 Not-For-Profit Organizations – Taxation ...... 88 Personal Tax – Compliance & Planning in T1 Preparation ...... 89 Personal Tax – Review of Tax Planning ...... 90 RIP – Estate Planning ...... 91 RIP – Terminal Filing ...... 92 Taxation of Domestic Trusts ...... 93 U. S. Personal Tax – Fundamentals ...... 94 When a Farm Matters ...... 95 FINANCE AND WEALTH MANAGEMENT ...... 96 Behavioral Corporate Finance ...... 97 Cash Cows, Pigs and Jackpots ...... 98 Crushing Debt ...... 99 Disruption and Risk: The New World for Financial Managers ...... 100 Due Diligence for Acquisitions ...... 101 Financing Strategies ...... 102 Mergers & Acquisitions ...... 103 Powerful Financial Analysis ...... 104 Taking Financial Statement & Ratio Analysis to the Next Level ...... 105 The Procrastinator’s Guide to Retirement ...... 106 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY...... 107 Advanced Excel ...... 108 Advanced Googling for Accountants ...... 109 Automation Survival Guide for Accountants ...... 110 Cloud Computing ...... 111 Excel Best Practices ...... 112 How Technology is Impacting the Accounting Profession ...... 113 Paperless Office ...... 114 Robotic Process Automation (RPA) for Accountants ...... 115 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS ...... 116 Authentic Leadership: Stand in the Fire! ...... 117 Becoming a Skilled Negotiator ...... 118 Be the Mentor You Wish You Had ...... 119 Beyond Crazy, Busy, Nuts ...... 120 Beyond Traditional Budgeting ...... 121 Bridging the Generational Gap ...... 122 Bringing Your Data to Life ...... 123 Building and Managing Relationships ...... 124 Change Management Essentials ...... 125 Communication Miracles at Work ...... 126 De-Stress for Success ...... 127 Effective Business Letters, Email and Texts ...... 128 Effective Management Skills ...... 129 Ethics at Our Core ...... 130 Employee Development and Managing Career Expectations ...... 131 Improv for CPAs ...... 132 Interviewing and Influencing Skills ...... 133 Leading Teams to Excellence ...... 134 Practical Financial Negotiation Tips ...... 135 Practical Tips for Controllers & CFOs – The Case Course ...... 136 Presentation and Training Skills ...... 137 Setting Concrete Goals and Metrics for Performance, Skills and Values ...... 138 Shades of Gray – Ethics in the Workplace ...... 139 Sustainable Performance Management ...... 140 Ten Practical Topics for Accountants in Leadership ...... 141 The Essentials of Project Management ...... 142 Thinking Outside the Box ...... 143 Time Management – Productivity Power ...... 144 Time Mastery for CPA’s: ...... 145 You Don’t Get What you Deserve; You Get What you Negotiate ...... 146

Distance Learning Courses ...... 147 LIVE BROADCAST COURSES...... 148 ASPE – Related Party Transactions ...... 149 Audit Engagements – CAS 240: Risk Related to Fraud ...... 150 Business Valuations – Advanced ...... 151 Compilation Engagements – Review of Section 9200 ...... 152 Corporate Restructuring – Section 85 Transfer of Property ...... 153 Corporate Tax – Shutting Down the Corporation ...... 154 Corporate Tax – Compliance and Planning in T2 Preparation ...... 155 GST/HST – CRA Audit ...... 156 GST/HST – Fundamentals ...... 157 IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments ...... 158 IFRS 15 – Revenue Recognition ...... 159 IFRS 16 – Leases ...... 160 IFRS – Update 2019 ...... 161 Income Tax – Portfolio Investments ...... 162 Income Tax – Starting Up a Business ...... 163 Income Tax – Update 2019 ...... 164 Internal Controls – Industry Sector ...... 165 Personal Tax – Compliance & Planning in T1 Preparation ...... 166 PSAS – Review of the Standards ...... 167 Review Engagements – File Review ...... 168 Review Engagements – Review of the Standard ...... 169 VIDEO ON-DEMAND (Formerly Self-Study) ...... 170 K2E CANADA INC. WEBINARS ...... 171 Advanced Excel ...... 173 Budgeting and Forecasting Tools and Techniques ...... 174 Business Intelligence – Featuring Microsoft’s BI Tools ...... 175 Cloud Computing ...... 176 Excel Best Practices ...... 177 Excel Data Magic, Advanced PivotTables and Power Pivot ...... 178 Excel Tips Tricks and Techniques for Accountants ...... 179 Microsoft Office 365 All the Things You Need to Know ...... 180 Securing Your Data ...... 181 Technology Update ...... 182 CFI ON DEMAND COURSES ...... 183 Advanced Excel Formulas ...... 184 Advanced Financial Modeling & Valuation (Amazon Case) ...... 185 Behavioral Finance Fundamentals ...... 186 Budgeting and Forecasting ...... 187 Building a Financial Model in Excel ...... 188 Business Valuations Modeling ...... 189 Corporate & Business Strategy ...... 190 Dashboards & Data Visualization ...... 191 Excel Modeling Fundamentals ...... 192 Financial Analysis Fundamentals ...... 193 Financial Modeling Using VBA ...... 194 FP & A Monthly Cash Flow Forecast Modeling ...... 195 Leveraged Buyout LBO Modeling ...... 196 Math for Corporate Finance ...... 197 Mergers & Acquisitions (M&A) – Advanced Modeling ...... 198 Mining Financial Model & Valuation ...... 199 PowerPoint & Pitchbooks ...... 200 Real Estate Financial Modeling ...... 201 Sensitivity Analysis for Financial Modeling ...... 202 Start-Up / e-Commerce Financial Model and Valuation ...... 203 EXECUTIVE FINANCE ON DEMAND COURSES ...... 204 6ExY: Mastering the Six Traits of Executive You...... 204 Best Practices for a Quicker Financial Close ...... 204 Capital Budgeting: Analysis that Improves Long-term ROI ...... 204 Change Management: Being A Catalyst CFO ...... 204 What Every CFO Should Know About Implementing a New ERP ...... 204 Financing Strategy: Tips for Sourcing Capital...... 204 Fraud in the Workplace ...... 204 Master Capital Allocation ...... 205 Mastering Your Ethical Intelligence ...... 205 Powerful PowerPoint Presentations ...... 205 Presentation Skills for Finance Professionals and Executives that Make an Impact ...... 205 Rethinking the Boardroom: Make Your Board a Point of Competitive Advantage ...... 205 TGIF: Transform Grow Innovate in Finance ...... 205 The Credible CFO: Driving Growth & Delivering Predictability ...... 206 Thinking and Acting Strategically as CFO ...... 206 Your First 100 Days as CFO ...... 206 EXCEL TRAINERS ON-LINE COURSES ...... 207 Excel with Macros & VBA Level 1: Data Input & Navigation ...... 208 Excel with Macros & VBA Level 2: Data Analysis ...... 209 Excel with Macros & VBA Level 3: Formulas & Functions ...... 210

INSTRUCTOR BIOGRAPHIES...... 211

PD INFORMATION

HOW TO REGISTER FOR PD

Choose from one of the following four options: 1. Members may register online at https://member.cpask.ca a. Enter your ID and password. b. Click the ‘Event’ menu item on the top menu bar c. To find the course you wish to register for, you can either search by course name using the ‘Search’ box or you can scroll down until you locate the course d. Click on the course name. This will open the registration screen. e. Click on ‘Register Myself’ in the course registration screen. f. Select the appropriate registration option: ➢ Select Register with Passport if you have a current Personal or Corporate Passport ➢ Enter your Passport number ➢ Click ‘Save the Response’ ➢ Click ‘Proceed to Checkout’ to confirm your order ➢ Click ‘Submit Order’ to complete your order. ➢ Select Pay with Credit Card to pay for an individual course if you do not have a Passport ➢ Click ‘Proceed to Checkout’ to confirm your order ➢ Enter your payment information ➢ Click ‘Submit Order’ to complete your order.

2. Fax your Registration Form to 306-347-8580

3. Email your Registration Form to Rhonda Day

4. Mail your Registration Form to : CPA Saskatchewan 101 – 4581 Parliament Avenue REGINA, SK S4W 0G3

For options 2 – 4, click HERE to download the registration form or visit the Professional Development – Pricing and Registration Information on the CPA Saskatchewan website.

Payment Options Courses can be paid by PD Passport, cheque, VISA or MasterCard. Please make cheques payable to CPA Saskatchewan and include a completed registration form

Regular Course Pricing

Full Day Half Day Two Days

CPA Member $375 $225 $550

Non-member $450 $275 $675

Course material is available for the full course fee plus GST. Please contact Rhonda Day.

2019/20 PD PASSPORT PROGRAM

INVEST IN YOUR PASSPORT TODAY! Passports run for the year starting April 1, 2019 and ending March 31, 2020. Unused Passport days cannot be carried over into the following year.

PASSPORT PRICING (Prices do not include GST):

TYPE DAYS EARLY BIRD REGULAR PRICE (April 1 – September 30) (October 1 – March 31) Personal Passport – Member 5 Days $775 $850 Personal Passport – Non-Member 5 Days $950 $1,050 Corporate Passport 9 Days $2,025 $2,250

PERSONAL PASSPORTS: Personal Passports provide access to CPA Saskatchewan courses at tremendous savings. For Personal Passports purchased at the early bird pricing, the cost is only $155 per day for members and $190 per day for non-members. a savings of almost 60%. Personal Passports are valid for a total 5 days of professional development. Use a passport to select the combination of half, one and two day courses that is right for you. Personal Passports are non-transferable (only the passport holder may use it). Personal Passport holders may register for additional courses at the following prices:

CPA Member: $170 per day Non-member: $210 per day CPA Member: $85 per ½ day Non-member: $105 per ½ day

CORPORATE PASSPORTS: Corporate Passports are your organization’s ticket to continued learning. Designed for group savings, the Corporate Passport is transferable to anyone in your organization. One Corporate Passport allows your organization to share up to 9 days of passport eligible courses in any combination of half, one, and two day courses. There are no restrictions on the number of Corporate Passports your organization can purchase. One passport # is assigned to all passports purchased by your organization in the current passport year. Regular course pricing will apply to any courses purchased by your organization that are above the total purchased passport limit. All passports paid for after September 30 are not eligible for early bird pricing and will be charged to the organization at $2,250 plus GST.

PASSPORT PURCHASE OPTIONS: 1. CPA Saskatchewan members may purchase personal passports on-line in the member portal at https://member.cpask.ca. 2. For non-member and corporate passport purchases, download the passport form from the CPA Saskatchewan website and return with payment to CPA Saskatchewan as per the information on the form. Click HERE to download the form or visit the Professional Development – Pricing and Registration Information on the CPA Saskatchewan website.

PASSPORT POLICIES: • Passports must be purchased prior to registering for courses. Passports cannot be applied to courses that you registered in prior to purchasing a passport. If payment for the passport is not received prior to your first course registration, your course registration will be cancelled. • To register on-line in a course using a passport, select the passport payment option and enter your assigned passport number (C#### if corporate and P#### if personal). • If you have not yet received your passport number, you may submit a manual registration form and enter “applied for a passport” in place of the passport #. • Passport eligible courses are denoted with the following symbol. The # of passport days required to register in the course is found in the center of the symbol. • PD Passports are non-refundable. • Unused portions of the PD Passports are NOT refunded, credited or carried-forward. • Passport holders who do not show up for a course will be charged as if they had attended.

PD POLICIES

CANCELLATIONS AND REFUNDS Cancellations prior to registration deadline - Full refund. Cancellations after registration deadline but at least one week prior to the course – Fee refunded less a $50.00 administration fee per course. Cancellations less than one week prior to course date – No Refund.

NO SHOWS No refund and/or credit will be granted. Paid registrants may request a copy of the course material.

COURSE CANCELLATIONS Courses with insufficient enrolment two weeks prior to the course date may be cancelled. Registrants will be advised and may enroll in alternative courses (subject to availability) or receive a full refund.

MEALS Lunch is provided at all one day and two day courses, unless otherwise stated. Beverages are provided at all breaks in all courses. Snacks are not provided but you are welcome to bring your own. If you have allergies or other dietary restrictions. please contact Rhonda at [email protected] at least one week prior to the course.

PD EVALUATIONS The link to the on-line PD Course Evaluation is emailed to you at the end of the course. All evaluations are read and CPA Saskatchewan is grateful to you for taking the time to complete the evaluation!

REGISTRATION DEADLINES The registration deadlines for most courses are two weeks prior to the course date. The deadline for each course is indicated on the course description page.

MAXIMUM ENROLLMENT All in person courses are subject to enrollment limits. Registrations are handled on a “first come, first serve” basis. If a course if full, you may ask to be added to a waiting list by emailing Rhonda Day at [email protected].

GST You must provide us with your GST number if you are claiming a GST exemption.

MEMBER vs. NON-MEMBER A member is a CPA or individual registered in the CPA PEP or Preparatory Courses. All other individuals are welcome to register as a non-member.

SUBSTITUTIONS A registrant may designate a substitute for any course that was not purchased with a Personal Passport. CPA Saskatchewan must be advised of all substitutions immediately. The section on Cancellations and Refunds applies for all courses purchased with a Personal Passport.

COURSE MATERIAL Course material will be available at each course.

CONFIRMATION OF ENROLLMENT Confirmation of enrollment will be sent out by the course registration deadline. It is the attendee’s responsibility to confirm their registration if they do not receive a confirmation by email. If you do not receive your confirmation by the course registration deadline, contact Rhonda Day at [email protected] immediately. All conditions apply whether or not you receive a confirmation e-mail. If you submit a manual registration form, please ensure the information provided is accurate and legible.

COURSE LOCATIONS AND DATES Course locations and dates are subject to change. Locations may change between the time the catalogue is released and time of the course delivery. It is important to check your confirmation e-mail for course details. Every effort is made to ensure the website has the most current information.

FAQs

Why is there a deadline? A deadline is necessary to allow time for CPA Saskatchewan staff to prepare course material, registration lists and make administrative decisions on class sizes and location.

Do I have to register for 5 full days to take advantage of the Personal Passport? No, you can register for as many full and half day courses you would like as long as they total no more than 5 full days to be included on the Personal Passport. You may attend additional courses at the reduced price.

Why can’t I be replaced by someone on my Personal Passport? The Personal Passport is sold to the individual at a deeply discounted cost per course and therefore, is not transferable. Corporate Passports allow for multiple individuals to use the same passport at a cost savings.

Why can’t I cancel the course the day before? As of the course registration deadline, your registration is included in the decision to run the course. Your registration is also included when the final arrangements are made including location, course material and lunch and the costs still incurred by CPA Saskatchewan. For fully subscribed courses, other participants have been turned away. CPA Saskatchewan’s policy is consistent with other organizations that deliver training courses.

Can I switch courses after the courses registration deadline? Up to the course registration deadline, changes can be made at no charge if there is availability in the requested course. Requests to switch courses after the course registration deadline but at least one week prior to the course date are subject to a penalty of $50.00. Requests to switch courses made less than one week prior to the course date will not be permitted for reasons as outlined in the previous FAQ.

Why is the penalty for cancellations the same for full and half day courses? The penalty is the same for full and half day courses because this is an administrative fee to cover the processing costs related to a cancellation. The administrative process is equivalent for half day, full day or two day courses.

How many verifiable CPD hours are CPA Sask. courses? All PD courses in this calendar that are CPD eligible may be reported as verifiable CPD. For in-person courses and live broadcasts, the recommended number of hours that should be claimed are provided for each course on the course description page. For all courses, registrants must claim the actual number of hours, rounded to the nearest ½ hour, that were spent developing new or existing competencies in the course. (See CPD section for additional information)

Does CPA Saskatchewan enter the hours for CPD on my behalf? As of April 1, 2018, CPA Saskatchewan will not be entering CPD hours on behalf of its members for courses offered by CPA Saskatchewan. Each course includes an estimate of the CPD hours for the course. Document and report the actual time spent on the course in the CPD reporting tool.

CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT (CPD)

MINIMUM CPD REQUIREMENTS: CPD includes verifiable and unverifiable learning activities; 10 verifiable and 20 total hours are required each calendar year and 60 verifiable and 120 total hours are required over a rolling 3 year cycle.

Minimum Requirements

Verifiable Hours Total Hours

Every Three Years 60 hours 120 hours

Each Year 10 hours 20 hours

ESTIMATED CPD HOURS: Estimated CPD hours are provided for every PD event offered by CPA Saskatchewan. Actual hours may vary from the estimated provided for a number of reasons. As a CPA Saskatchewan member, you are required to enter the actual hours that you engaged in the course in your CPD reporting tool not the estimated hours. For example, if the course runs until 4:30 p.m. instead of the planned 4:00 p.m. end time, an additional ½ hour of CPD may be entered in the CPD reporting tool. CPA Saskatchewan does not enter the hours on your behalf.

New to this year’s PD calendar are estimates for ethics hours in courses and CPA Saskatchewan has spent time identifying courses with ethics content to assist its members. It is possible that courses that have no ethics hours identified will have content in the course and members may report the actual time spent on ethics in the course in the CPD reporting tool. Estimated ethics hours may also vary by instructor or by the interest of the participants in the course. Again the actual time spent on ethical content should be identified in the CPD reporting tool.

Finally, as a CPA member, it is your responsibility to self-assess whether any activity qualifies as CPD, including courses offered by CPA Saskatchewan or CPA Canada. Ask yourself the following questions: Can I express the learning in hours and identify a date on which the learning took place? Did I learn something (develop competencies) that are appropriate for my work and professional responsibilities (paid or unpaid)? If you can answer yes to these questions, the activity may be reported as CPD. If audited, you must be able to demonstrate to a committee of your peers that your reported CPD hours meet the three criteria for eligible CPA as per Regulatory Board Rule 344.1.

Regulatory Board Rule 344.1 For a learning activity to be recognized towards a continuing professional development requirement the activity shall: a) contain intellectual or practical content required for a member to maintain and develop competence and good character; and b) be relevant to the member’s current of future practice or professional activities. ADDITIONAL CPD INFORMATION: For additional information on CPD including verifiable CPD, CPD requirements for licensed members and documentation requirements, visit cpask.ca and click Continuing Professional Development under the Member tab or click the link https://www.cpask.ca/member/continuing-professional-development.

CPA COMPETENCIES

The professional development courses offered by CPA Saskatchewan are categorized into one of the CPA competency areas described below. The course may also cover topics in other competency areas. The competencies are based on the standards of professional and technical knowledge and skills, values and ethics expected of CPAs by industry, government, the public and the international accounting community as documented by the CPA Profession in the CPA Competency Map.

Strategy and Governance, Performance and Risk Management – The role of governance within an organization; strategy formulation and implementation including the translation of those strategies into specific objectives and actions; the development and use of decision-making tools including performance management systems to achieve the entity’s strategies and maximize organizational performance; and risk management.

Financial Reporting – The role of financial reporting, the appropriate application of reporting frameworks and financial reporting standards to maintain strong financial reporting for clients and organizations and the evaluation and interpretation on an entity’s financial reporting.

Assurance – Enhancing the reliability of information through internal audit and external third-party assurance services and the statutory and regulatory assurance requirements for audit and review as well as broader validation and assurance services.

Taxation – Tax compliance and reporting, and tax planning and implementation strategies for both corporate and personal taxpayers, and an understanding of the administrative process in Canadian taxation.

Finance & Wealth Management – Financial strategy, financial analysis and planning, financial and treasury management, financial decision making, capital budgeting, business valuation and personal financial planning

Information Technology - The identification and evaluation of management information needs and the role and use of information technology in the development, implementation and evaluation of an entity’s strategic and operational goals and objectives.

Professional Skills - Includes courses in complementary professional competencies that will help you continue to enhance your professional effectiveness. This includes some topics that are in the general management topic listing like communication, time management, career planning, and leadership courses.

COURSE LEVEL

A “level” is based on the information the course will disseminate and an assumed pre-requisite knowledge of the potential participant. For example:

“Introductory” – the information in the course is basic yet thorough. The potential participant does not deal with the topic area on a day-to-day basis, or they may want to ‘refresh’ their knowledge base on the topic. It is assumed the potential participant has limited knowledge on the topic, such as a new handbook section.

“Intermediate” – the information in the course builds on the basic topic and tends to be more issue based. The potential participant deals with the topic area on a day-to-day basis and needs to be updated on any changes in the topic area. It is assumed the potential participant has the basic knowledge and is familiar with the issues in the topic area.

“Advanced” – the information in the course is in-depth on a specific area of a topic and tends to be more technically specialized. The potential participant deals with the topic area on a day-to-day basis and needs more in-depth information in a specific issue of the topic area. It is assumed the potential participant has solid background knowledge and is very familiar with the issues in the topic area. They may also specialize or want to specialize in the area.

“General” – the information in the course is appropriate for all participants and requires no specific knowledge level or job function. These are often overview or topical sessions of general interest or focus on the development of professional skills.

CONTACT INFORMATION

Registration Inquiries: Email: Rhonda Day or Phone: 306.337.2836

Course Coverage Inquiries: Email: Shelley Lukasewich or Phone: 306.337.2841

Main Line: 306.359.0272 Fax: 306.347.8580 Mail: CPA Saskatchewan 101- 4581 Parliament Avenue Regina, S4W 0G3

PD COURSE LOCATIONS

Regina: CPA Saskatchewan Training Room 101-4581 Parliament Avenue Phone – 306-359-0272

Park Town Hotel Saskatoon: 924 Spadina Crescent E. Phone: 306-244-5564

Holiday Inn Express Yorkton: 63 7th Avenue North Phone:

Holiday Inn & Suites Lloydminster: 5612 44th Street Phone:780-870-5050

Holiday Inn Express & Suites Swift Current: 1301 North Service Road East Phone: 306-773-8288

PD IN-HOUSE PRESENTATION PROGRAM

What are In-House Presentations? In-house presentations are courses tailored to fit your needs. They provide specialized training to organizations seeking high-quality education to increase staff productivity and maintain professional expertise in a cost-effective and flexible manner. By providing your own meeting facilities and arranging your own time for these presentations, PD can be presented to meet the specific needs of your own audience.

It's Flexible! This is your program. It is designed to work around your schedule, which we know can be hectic. We bring the instructor to the location of your choosing, around the schedule you decide works best for your staff.

It's Customized and Confidential! We can discuss your requirements and expectations in detail. When you hold the class in a private location with only your employees in attendance, you are able to discuss confidential information.

It's Cost Effective! Costs vary depending on the size of your group and how much customization is required, but the per- person cost is typically less than attending an off-site course. Also, by eliminating travel time loss and travel expenses for your staff, you can significantly decrease training costs.

It's Easy! CPA Saskatchewan will help you find and secure the right instructor for your needs, and will supply the course materials. We work with many independent instructors nationwide, and have an exceptional pool of local and national instructors to draw from.

The benefits of offering in-house training to your employees are innumerable…but here are just a few: • Learn together and achieve organizational results as a team • Have more interaction with the instructor • Ask questions and get answers about issues that directly affect your organization

Meanwhile, employers benefit from being able to: • Save money on travel expenses • Save time by scheduling training when it is convenient • Get a customized course to fit your specific needs • Call today to find out how bringing a class on site makes sense to your business.

Contact Shelley Lukasewich, CPA, CGA at [email protected] or call (306) 337-2841

IN PERSON COURSES

OCTOBER 2019 In Person Courses

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

1 2 3 4 Audit Engagements – Application of ASPE and Application of the Standards CSRE 2400 Using PEG Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Bridget Noonan Bridget Noonan

7 8 9 10 11

14 15 16 17 18 Thanksgiving Day Personal Tax – Compliance Income Tax – Update 2019 Income Tax – Update 2019 PSAS – Review of the & Planning in T1 Regina CPA SK Office Saskatoon Park Town Standards Preparation 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Hugh Neilson Hugh Neilson 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Vivian Nicholas Hugh Neilson GST/HST Real Property Saskatoon Park Town 8:30 – 4:00 Jeff Harrison

21 22 23 24 25 Corporate Restructuring – Advanced Tax Planning When a Farm Matters RIP – Estate Planning Corporate Restructuring – Section 85: Transfer of Strategies Saskatoon Park Town Saskatoon Park Town Fundamentals Property Regina CPA SK Office 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Saskatoon Park Town Regina CPA SK Office 8:30 – 4:00 Greg Gartner Greg Gartner 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Mike Harris Dallas Kleckner Mike Harris Advanced Tax Planning Board Governance Strategies for Business Saskatoon Park Town Succession 8:30 – 12:00 Saskatoon Park Town MLT 8:30 – 4:00 Ten Practical Steps to Greg Gartner Identify & Manage Risk Saskatoon Park Town 1:00 – 4:30 MLT

28 29 30 31 1 PSAS – Specific Topics Income Tax – U.S. Personal Tax – RIP - Terminal Filing Corporate Tax – RDTOH, Regina CPA SK Office Assessments, Objections, Fundamentals Regina CPA SK Office CDA & Other Tax Accounts 8:30 – 4:00 Voluntary Disclosure & Risk Regina CPA SK Office 8:30 – 4:00 Regina CPA SK Office Vivian Nicholas Regina CPA SK Office 8:30 – 4:00 John Schappert 8:30 – 12:00 Application of ASPE & 8:30 – 4:00 Kevin Kirkpatrick John Schappert CSRE 2400 MLT NFPO – Review of the Saskatoon Park Town Audit Engagements – Standards 8:30 – 4:00 Application of the Standards Saskatoon Park Town Bridget Noonan Using PEG 8:30 – 4:00 Saskatoon Park Town Bridget Noonan 8:30 – 4:00 Bridget Noonan

NOVEMBER 2019 In Person Courses

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

1 Corporate Tax – RDTOH, CDA & Other Tax Accounts Regina CPA SK Office 8:30 – 12:00 John Schappert

4 5 6 7 8 Beyond Crazy, Bus, Authentic Leadership: Be the Mentor You Wish Fraud Happens – What to Do When Nuts: It’s Time for a Real Stand in the Fire!(Without You Had: Create and You Suspect Fraud Life! Getting “fried or fired” Support a Learning Saskatoon Park Town Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Environment 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Regina CPA SK Office Doug Kalesnikoff & Nicole Tammy Robertson Tammy Robertson 8:30 – 4:00 Kalesnikoff PSAS – Review of the Tammy Robertson Corporate Tax-Section 55: How Safe Standards are Your Dividends? Saskatoon Park Town Yorkton Holiday Inn Express 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 12:00 Vivian Nicholas Felesky Flynn Joint Ventures for Farm/Ag Corporation Yorkton Holiday Inn Express 1:00 – 4:30 Felesky Flynn

11 12 13 14 15 Remembrance Day Audit Engagements – Audit Engagements – ASNFPO – Update 2019 ASPE – Disclosure & Presentation Audit of a Simple Entity CAS 240: Risk Related Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office to Fraud 8:30 – 12:00 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Regina CPA SK Office Kim Varey Kim Varey Kirsten Albo 8:30 – 12:00 ASPE - Update 2019 Audit Engagements - CAS 240: ASPE: Related Party Kirsten Albo Regina CPA SK Office Risk Related to Fraud Transactions IFRS – Update 2019 1:00 – 4:30 Saskatoon Park Town Saskatoon Park Town Saskatoon Park Town Kim Varey 8:30 – 12:00 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 12:00 Audit Engagements – Kirsten Albo Kim Varey Kim Varey Audit of a Simple Entity Corporate Tax-Section 55: How Safe Saskatoon Park Town are Your Dividends? 8:30 – 4:00 Lloydminster Holiday Inn Express Kirsten Albo 8:30 – 12:00 Felesky Flynn LLP Joint Ventures for Farm/Ag Corporations Lloydminster Holiday Inn Express 1:00 – 4:30 Felesky Flynn LLP

18 19 20 21 22 Sustainable Performance Building and Managing Setting Concrete Goals Ethics at Our Core GST/HST – Specific Topics Management Relationships and Metrics for Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Performance, Skills and 1:00 – 4:30 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Values Debbi McCaig-Paisig Jeff Harrison Joel Shapiro Joel Shapiro Regina CPA SK Office Improving Your Bottom Mergers & Acquisitions Internal Control Improving Governance in 8:30 – 12:00 Line Using KPIs Saskatoon Park Town Saskatoon Park Town the Corporate Sector Joel Shapiro Saskatoon Park Town 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Saskatoon Park Town Ethics at Our Core 8:30 – 4:00 Kerry Gray Arun Mathur 8:30 – 4:00 Saskatoon Park Town Arun Mathur Corporate Tax-Section 55: How Safe Arun Mathur 1:00 – 4:30 are Your Dividends? Debbi McCaig-Paisig Swift Current Holiday Inn Express 8:30 – 12:00 Felesky Flynn LLP Joint Ventures for Farm/Ag Corporations Swift Current Holiday Inn Express 1:00 – 4:30 Felesky Flynn LLP

NOVEMBER 2019 (continued) In Person Courses

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

25 26 27 28 29 Assurance Standards – Review Engagements – Thinking Outside the De-Stress for Success Thinking Outside the Box Update 2019 Specific Topics Box Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Saskatoon Park Town 8:30 – 12:00 8:30 – 12:00 8:30 – 12:00 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 12:00 Garth Sheriff Garth Sheriff Tom Gillespie Tom Gillespie Garth Sheriff Leading Team to Improv for CPA’s Compilation De-Stress for Success Assurance Update 2019 Excellence Regina CPA SK Office Engagements – Review Saskatoon Park Town Saskatoon Park Town Regina CPA SK Office 1:00 – 4:30 of Section 9200 8:30 – 12:00 1:00 – 4:30 1:00 – 4:30 Garth Sheriff Regina CPA SK Office Garth Sheriff Tom Gillespie Garth Sheriff Corporate Tax – Section 55: How 1:00 – 4:30 Leading Teams to Review Engagements – Safer are Your Dividends Tom Gillespie Excellence Specific Topics Saskatoon Park Town Bridging the Saskatoon Park Town Saskatoon Park Town 8:30 – 12:00 Generational Gap 1:00 – 4:30 8:30 – 4:00 Felesky Flynn LLP Saskatoon Park Town Garth Sheriff Tom Gillespie Joint Ventures for Farm/Ag 8:30 – 12:00 Corporations Garth Sheriff Saskatoon Park Town Block Chain, 1:00 – 4:30 Cryptocurrency and The Felesky Flynn LLP External Audit Profession Saskatoon Park Town 1:00 – 4:30 Garth Sheriff

DECEMBER 2019 In Person Courses

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

2 3 4 5 6 Corporate Tax – Section 55: Income Tax - Partnerships ASNFPO – Update 2019 NFPO – Disclosure and Quality Control – How Safer are Your Regina CPA SK Office Saskatoon Park Town Presentation Application of CSQC1 Dividends? 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 12:00 Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Felesky Flynn LLP Kim Varey 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 12:00 8:30 – 12:00 ASPE - Update 2019 Bridget Noonan Bridget Noonan Felesky Flynn LLP Saskatoon Park Town ASPE - Disclosure & ASPE - Construction Joint Ventures for Farm/Ag 1:00 – 4:30 Presentation Industry Corporations Kim Varey Saskatoon Park Town Saskatoon Park Town Regina CPA SK Office 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 12:00 1:00 – 4:30 Kim Varey Kim Varey Felesky Flynn LLP

9 10 11 12 13 Income Tax – Update 2019 Personal Tax – Review of Personal Tax – Review of Regina CPA SK Office Tax Planning (2 days) Tax Planning (2 days) 8:30 – 4:00 Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Hugh Neilson 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Practical Tips for Controllers Hugh Neilson Hugh Neilson & CFO’s – The Case Course Ten Practical Topics for Taxation of Domestic Trusts Saskatoon Park Town Accountants in Leadership Saskatoon Park Town 8:30 – 4:00 Saskatoon Park Town 8:30 – 4:00 Stephen Priddle 8:30 – 12:00 Felesky Flynn LLP Stephen Priddle Practical Financial Negotiation Tips Saskatoon Park Town 1:00 – 4:30 Stephen Priddle

16 17 18 19 20

23 24 25 26 27 Christmas Day Boxing Day

30 31

JANUARY 2020 In Person Courses

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

1 2 3 New Year’s Day

6 7 8 9 10 Fraud Risk Management Regina CPA SK Office 8:30 – 4:00 Doug Kalesnikoff & Nicole Kalesnikoff

13 14 15 16 17 Income Tax – 5 Years of ASPE – Review of the ASPE – Review of the IFRS – Update 2019 Governance, Risk and Developments Standards (2 Days) Standards (2 Days) Regina CPA SK Office Compliance Programs: A Saskatoon Park Town Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office 8:30 – 12:00 Critical Success Factor 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Kim Varey Saskatoon Park Town Kent Greaves Kim Varey Kim Varey Accelerate and Optimize 8:30 – 4:00 Income Tax – Everyday Income Tax – Income Financial Close and Massood Oroomchi Issues for General Splitting, A New Era Spreadsheet Controls Practitioners Saskatoon Park Town Saskatoon Park Town Saskatoon Park Town 8:30 – 12:00 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Kent Greaves Massood Oroomchi Kent Greaves

20 21 22 23 24 Corporate Tax – Financing Strategies Controllership – Operational Controllership – Strategic Compliance & Planning in Regina CPA SK Office Management Leadership T2 Preparation 8:30 – 4:00 Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Saskatoon Park Town Howie Kroon 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Corporate Tax – Review of Howie Kroon Howie Kroon Hugh Neilson Tax Planning (2 days) Corporate Tax – Review of Management Accounting Saskatoon Park Town Tax Planning (2 days) Fundamentals 8:30 – 4:00 Saskatoon Park Town Saskatoon Park Town Hugh Neilson 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Hugh Neilson Shelley Lukasewich

27 28 29 30 31 NFPO – Taxation NFPO – Taxation Crushing Debt Cash Cows, Pigs and The Procrastinator’s Guide Regina CPA SK Office Saskatoon Park Town Regina CPA SK Office Jackpots to Retirement 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Dean Austin Dean Austin David Trahair 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 David Trahair David Trahair

FEBRUARY 2020 In Person Courses

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

3 4 5 6 7

10 11 12 13 14 Paperless Office Advanced Excel Ethics at Our Core Excel Best Practices Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Saskatoon Park Town 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 1:00 – 4:30 8:30 – 4:00 Ward Blatch Ward Blatch Debbi McCaig-Paisig Ward Blatch Ethics at Our Core Cloud Computing Saskatoon Park Town Saskatoon Park Town 1:00 – 4:30 8:30 – 4:00 Debbi McCaig-Paisig Ward Blatch

17 18 19 20 21 Family Day Taking Financial Statement & Powerful Financial Analysis Effective Costing & Ratio Analysis to the Next Regina CPA SK Office Profitability Management Level 8:30 – 4:00 Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Karine Benzacar 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Karine Benzacar Karine Benzacar

24 25 26 27 28 Presentation and Training Effective Management Skills The Essentials of Project Beyond Traditional Behavioral Corporate Skills Regina CPA SK Office Management Budgeting Finance Regina CPA SK Office 8:30 – 4:00 Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office 8:30 – 4:00 Greg Campeau 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 12:00 Greg Campeau Chris Wyman Chris Wyman Chris Wyman Time Management – You Don’t Get What You Productivity Power Deserve…You Get What You Saskatoon Park Town Negotiate 8:30 – 4:00 Saskatoon Park Town Greg Campeau 8:30 – 4:00 Greg Campeau

MARCH 2020 In Person Courses

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

2 3 4 5 6 Due Diligence for Internal Control Refresher for Disruption and Risk: The Strategy& Risk Acquisitions Financial Managers New World for Financial Management for Financial Regina CPA SK Office Regina CPA SK Office Managers Managers 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Saskatoon Park Town Saskatoon Park Town Jeffrey Sherman Jeffrey Sherman 8:30 – 4:00 8:30 – 4:00 Jeffrey Sherman Jeffrey Sherman

9 10 11 12 13 Improving Audit Committee Employee Development and Bringing Your Data to Life Communication Miracles at Effectiveness Managing Career Saskatoon Park Town Work: How to Increase Saskatoon Park Town Expectations 8:30 – 12:00 Cooperation and Decrease 8:30 – 12:00 Saskatoon Park Town Scott Powell Conflict Scott Powell 8:30 – 4:00 Effective Business Letters, Regina CPA SK Office Change Management Scott Powell Email and Texts 8:30 – 4:00 Essentials Saskatoon Park Town Jonathan Robinson Saskatoon Park Town 1:00 – 4:30 1:00 – 4:30 Scott Powell Scott Powell Time Mastery: Over 100 Ways to Maximize Your Productivity and Satisfaction Regina CPA SK Office 8:30 – 4:00 Jonathan Robinson

16 17 18 19 20 NFPO - Governance Interviewing & Influencing How Technology is Automation Survival Guide Regina CPA SK Office Skills Impacting the Accounting for Accountants 8:30 – 12:00 Regina CPA SK Office Profession Saskatoon Park Town Lisa Dorian 8:30 – 12:00 Saskatoon Park Town 8:30 – 12:00 Becoming A Skilled Lisa Dorian 8:30 – 4:00 Garrett Wasny Negotiator Shades of Grey – Ethics in Garrett Wasny Robotic Process Automation Regina CPA SK Office the Workplace (RPA) for Accountants 1:00 – 4:30 Regina CPA SK Office Saskatoon Park Town 1:00 – 4:30 Lisa Dorian 1:00 – 4:30 Garrett Wasny Lisa Dorian Advanced Googling for Accountants Saskatoon Park Town 8:30 – 4:00 Garrett Wasny

23 24 25 26 27

30 31

REGINA COURSES

CODE TITLE INSTRUCTOR DATE 1904R Audit Engagements - Application of the Standards Using PEG Bridget Noonan Oct 2, 2019 1905R Application of ASPE and CSRE 2400 Bridget Noonan Oct 3, 2019 1906R Personal Tax - Compliance & Planning in T1 Preparation Hugh Neilson Oct 15, 2019 1907R Income Tax – Update 2019 Hugh Neilson Oct 16, 2019 1908R PSAS – Review of the Standards Vivian Nicholas Oct 18, 2019 1909R Corporate Restructuring – Section 85: Transfer of Property Mike Harris Oct 21, 2019 1910R Advanced Tax Planning Strategies Mike Harris Oct 22, 2019 1911R PSAS – Specific Topics Vivian Nicholas Oct 28, 2019 2902R Income Tax – Assessments, Objections, Voluntary Disclosure & Risk MLT Oct 29, 2019 2905R U. S. Personal Tax – Fundamentals Kevin Kirkpatrick Oct 30, 2019 2906R RIP – Terminal Filing John Schappert Oct 31, 2019 2907R Corporate Tax – RDTOH, CDA & Other Tax Accounts John Schappert Nov 1, 2019 1912R Beyond Crazy, Busy, Nuts: It's Time for a REAL Life! Tammy Robertson Nov 4, 2019 1913R Authentic Leadership: Stand in the Fire! (without getting "fried or fired") Tammy Robertson Nov 5, 2019 Be the Mentor You Wish You Had: Create and Support a Learning 1914R Tammy Robertson Nov 6, 2019 Environment 1915R Audit Engagements - Audit of a Simple Entity Kirsten Albo Nov 12, 2019 1916R Audit Engagements - CAS 240: Risk Related to Fraud Kirsten Albo Nov 13, 2019 1917R ASNFPO - Update 2019 Kim Varey Nov 14, 2019 1918R ASPE - Update 2019 Kim Varey Nov 14, 2019 1919R ASPE - Disclosure & Presentation Kim Varey Nov 15, 2019 1920R Sustainable Performance Management Joel Shapiro Nov 18, 2019 1921R Building and Managing Relationships Joel Shapiro Nov 19, 2019 1922R Setting Concrete Goals and Metrics for Performance, Skills and Values Joel Shapiro Nov 20, 2019 2910R Ethics at Our Core Debbi McCaig-Paisig Nov 21, 2019 1924R GST/HST Specific Topics Jeff Harrison Nov 22, 2019 1925R Assurance Standards- Update 2019 Tom Gillespie Nov 25, 2019 1926R Compilation Engagements – Review of Section 9200 Tom Gillespie Nov 25, 2019 1927R Review Engagements – Specific Topics Tom Gillespie Nov 26, 2019 1928R De-Stress for Success Garth Sheriff Nov 28, 2019 1929R Leading Teams to Excellence Garth Sheriff Nov 28, 2019 1930R Thinking Outside the Box Garth Sheriff Nov 29, 2019 1931R Improv for CPAs Garth Sheriff Nov 29, 2019 1932R Corporate Tax – Section 55: How Safe are Your Dividends Felesky Flynn LLP Dec 2, 2019 1933R Joint Ventures for Farm/Ag Corporations Felesky Flynn LLP Dec 2, 2019 1934R Income Tax - Partnerships Felesky Flynn LLP Dec 3, 2019 1935R NFPO – Disclosure and Presentation Bridget Noonan Dec 5, 2019 1936R Quality Control – Application of CSQC1 Bridget Noona Dec 6, 2019 1907R1 Income Tax – Update 2019 Hugh Neilson Dec 9, 2019 1937R Personal Tax – Review of Tax Planning Hugh Neilson Dec 10-11, 2019 Doug Kalesnikoff 1938R Fraud Risk Management Jan 10, 2020 Nicole Kalesnikoff 1939R ASPE: Review of the Standards Kim Varey Jan 14-15, 2020 1940R IFRS – Update 2019 Kim Varey Jan 16, 2020

REGINA COURSES (CONTINUED)

CODE TITLE INSTRUCTOR DATE 1941R Financing Strategies Howie Kroon Jan 21, 2020 1942R Controllership – Operational Management Howie Kroon Jan 22, 2020 1943R Controllership – Strategic Leadership Howie Kroon Jan 23, 2020 1923R NFPO - Taxation Dean Austin Jan 27, 2020 1944R Crushing Debt David Trahair Jan 29, 2020 1945R Cash Cows, Pigs and Jackpots David Trahair Jan 30, 2020 1946R The Procrastinator’s Guide to Retirement David Trahair Jan 31, 2020 1947R Paperless Office Ward Blatch Feb 10, 2020 1948R Advanced Excel Ward Blatch Feb 11, 2020 2910R1 Ethics at Our Core Debbi McCaig-Paisig Feb 12, 2019 1949R Taking Financial Statement & Ratio Analysis to the Next Level Karine Benzacar Feb 19, 2020 1950R Powerful Financial Analysis Karine Benzacar Feb 20, 2020 1951R Effective Costing & Profitability Management Karine Benzacar Feb 21, 2020 1952R Presentation and Training Skills Greg Campeau Feb 24, 2020 1953R Effective Management Skills Greg Campeau Feb 25, 2020 1954R The Essentials of Project Management Chris Wyman Feb 26, 2020 1955R Beyond Traditional Budgeting Chris Wyman Feb 27, 2020 1956R Behavioral Corporate Finance Chris Wyman Feb 28, 2020 1957R Due Diligence for Acquisitions Jeffrey Sherman March 3, 2020 1958R Internal Control Refresher for Financial Managers Jeffrey Sherman March 4, 2020 Time Mastery: Over 100 Ways to Maximize Your Productivity and 2900R Jonathan Robinson March 12, 2020 Satisfaction Communication Miracles at Work: How to Increase Cooperation and 2901R Jonathan Robinson March 13, 2020 Decrease Conflict 1959R NFPO - Governance Lisa Dorian March 16, 2020 1960R Becoming a Skilled Negotiator Lisa Dorian March 16, 2020 1961R Interviewing and Influencing Skills Lisa Dorian March 17, 2020 1901R Shades of Grey – Ethics in the Workplace Lisa Dorian March 17, 2020

SASKATOON COURSES

CODE TITLE INSTRUCTOR DATE 1907S Income Tax – Update 2019 Hugh Neilson Oct 17, 2019 1962S GST/HST – Real Property Jeff Harrison Oct 18, 2019 Ryan Lepage 2903S Board Governance Oct 21, 2019 Erin Bokshowan 2904S Ten Practical Steps to Identify & Manage Risk Jeff Lee /Paul Olfert Oct 21, 2019 1963S Advanced Tax Planning Strategies for Business Succession Greg Gartner Oct 22, 2019 1964S When a Farm Matters Greg Gartner Oct 23, 2019 2908S RIP – Estate Planning Greg Gartner Oct 24, 2019 2909S Corporate Restructuring – Fundamentals Dallas Kleckner Oct 25, 2019 1905S Application of ASPE & CSRE 2400 Bridget Noonan Oct 28, 2019 1904S Audit Engagements – Application of the Standards Using PEG Bridget Noonan Oct 29, 2019 1965S NFPO – Review of the Standards Bridget Noonan Oct 30, 2019 1908S PSAS - Review of the Standards Vivian Nicholas Nov 5, 2019 Doug Kalesnikoff 1966S Fraud Happens – What to Do When You Suspect Fraud Nov 8, 2019 Nicole Kalesnikoff 1967S ASPE: Related Party Transactions Kim Varey Nov 12, 2019 1940S IFRS – Update 2019 Kim Varey Nov 13, 2019 1915S Audit Engagements – Audit of a Simple Entity Kirsten Albo Nov 14, 2019 1916S Audit Engagements CAS 240: Risk Related to Fraud Kirsten Albo Nov 15, 2019 1968S Internal Control Arun Mathur Nov 18, 2019 1969S Improving Governance in the Corporate Sector Arun Mathur Nov 19, 2019 2910S Ethics at Our Core Debbi McCaig-Paisig Nov 20, 2019 1970S Improving Your Bottom Line Using KPIs Arun Mather Nov 21, 2019 1971S Mergers & Acquisitions Kerry Gray Nov 22, 2019 1972S Bridging the Generational Gap Garth Sheriff Nov 25, 2019 1973S Block Chain, Cryptocurrency and the External Audit Profession Garth Sheriff Nov 25, 2019 1928S De-Stress for Success Garth Sheriff Nov 26, 2019 1929S Leading Teams to Excellence Garth Sheriff Nov 26, 2019 1930S Thinking Outside the Box Garth Sheriff Nov 27, 2019 1925S Assurance Update 2019 Tom Gillespie Nov 27, 2019 1927S Review Engagements – Specific Topics Tom Gillespie Nov 28, 2019 1932S Corporate Tax - Section 55: How Safe are Your Dividends? Felesky Flynn LLP Nov 29, 2019 1933S Joint Ventures for Farm/Ag Corporations Felesky Flynn LLP Nov 29, 2019 1917S ASNFPO – Update 2019 Kim Varey Dec 4, 2019 1918S ASPE – Update 2019 Kim Varey Dec 4, 2019 1919S ASPE: Disclosure & Presentation Kim Varey Dec 5, 2019 1974S ASPE: Construction Industry Kim Varey Dec 6, 2019 1975S Practical Tips for Controllers & CFOs – The Case Course Stephen Priddle Dec 9, 2019 1976S Ten Practical Topics for Accountants in Leadership Stephen Priddle Dec 10, 2019 1977S Practical Financial Negotiation Tips Stephen Priddle Dec 10, 2019 2912S Taxation of Domestic Trusts ( Advanced & Fundamentals) Felesky Flynn LLP Dec 11, 2019 1978S Income Tax – 5 Years of Development Kent Greaves Jan 13, 2020 1979S Income Tax – Everyday Issues for General Practitioners Kent Greaves Jan 14, 2020 1980S Income Tax – Income Splitting, A New Era Kent Greaves Jan 15, 2020 1981S Accelerate and Optimize Financial Close and Spreadsheet Controls Massood Oroomchi Jan 16, 2020 1982S Governance, Risk and Compliance Programs A Critical Success Factor Massood Oroomchi Jan 17, 2020

SASKATOON COURSES (CONTINUED)

CODE TITLE INSTRUCTOR DATE 1983S Corporate Tax – Compliance & Planning in T2 Preparation Hugh Neilson Jan 20, 2020 1984S Corporate Tax – Review of Tax Planning Hugh Neilson Jan 21-22, 2020 2911S Management Accounting – Foundations Shelley Lukasewich Jan 23, 2020 1923S NFPO - Taxation Dean Austin Jan 28, 2020 2910S1 Ethics at Our Core Debbi McCaig-Paisig Feb 11, 2020 1985S Cloud Computing Ward Blatch Feb 12, 2020 1986S Excel Best Practices Ward Blatch Feb 13, 2020 1987S Time Management – Productivity Power Greg Campeau Feb 26, 2020 1988S You Don’t Get What You Deserve…You Get What you Negotiate Greg Campeau Feb 27, 2020 1989S Disruption and Risk: The New World for Financial Managers Jeffrey Sherman March 5, 2020 1990S Strategy & Risk Management for Financial Managers Jeffrey Sherman March 6, 2020 1991S Improving Audit Committee Effectiveness Scott Powell March 10, 2020 1992S Change Management Essentials Scott Powell March 10, 2020 1993S Employee Development and Managing Career Expectations Scott Powell March 11, 2020 1994S Bringing Your Data to Life Scott Powell March 12, 2020 1995S Effective Business Letters, Email and Texts Scott Powell March 12, 2020 1996S Advanced Googling for Accountants Garrett Wasny March 17, 2020 1997S How Technology is Impacting the Accounting Profession Garrett Wasny March 18, 2020 1998S Automation Survival Guide for Accountants Garrett Wasny March 19, 2020 1999S Robotic Process Automation (RPA) for Accountants Garrett Wasny March 19, 2020

STRATEGY AND GOVERNANCE, PERFORMANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT

The role of governance within an organization; strategy formulation and implementation including the translation of those strategies into specific objectives and actions; the development and use of decision-making tools including performance management systems to achieve the entity’s strategies and maximize organizational performance; and risk management.

Board Governance: Duties, Liabilities and Conflict of Interest

½

Date: October 21, 2019 Code: 2903S

Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 10, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Ethics – 2 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: General Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The half day seminar is designed to provide an overview of key corporate governance principles. It is designed to provide a refresher on basic principles such as directors duties, as well as provide information on specific issues such as conflicts of interest, directors personal liability, and potential claims by shareholders and other stakeholders.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners who are involved in advising or auditing corporations (both for-profit and non-profit), and those who serve as directors of corporations.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • How to fulfill directors fiduciary duty and duty of care in practice • What is the "business judgement rule" • How to identify and resolve conflicts of interest • Directors' personal liability and how to limit it • Oppression remedy • Derivative actions

COURSE LEADERS: ERIN BOKSHOWAN, LL.B & RYAN LEPAGE, JD, B.Comm. (MLT AIKINS LLP)

Controllership – Operational Management 1

Date: January 22, 2020 Code: 1942R

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 8, 2020

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Ethics – .5 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Intermediate Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Today’s Controller must fulfill four distinct roles to effectively add value to their organizations - steward, operator, catalyst, and strategist roles. This seminar focuses on the steward and operator roles in which Controllers find themselves operating on a daily basis, and provides an overall understanding of the skills and tools necessary to effectively fulfill their responsibilities as an operational manager. Participants will reflect on which role or roles they currently find themselves in and identify which role(s) they need to develop most to add value to their organization. The operator role is explored by examining essential controller skills and the controller’s role in human resource management. The focus is on determining the most important skills needed for their organizations to thrive. The steward role is then examined by looking at financial performance, information and relationship management skills needed in their organizations. Participants will gain insights, new skills and many practical tips to improve the overall value they can add to their organizations and will come away with a much broader view of the Controller’s overall role in their organization and how they can practically start to add additional value right away.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Finance professionals working towards a Controller position, who are new to the position of Controller, or long-time Controllers looking for new tools/ideas or a refresher on operational management areas of the role.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, participants will be able to: • Outline the areas of operational management that are most important to their organization and/or to their personal development • Identify HR policies/issues in their organization that need to be addressed. • Evaluate the potential effects of technological changes on their role as controllers and the work performed in the accounting area • Consider a broad range of performance measures for their organization. • Identify and manage the key external relationships connected to the controllership role.

COURSE LEADER: HOWIE KROON, CPA, CA

Controllership – Strategic Leadership 1

Date: January 23, 2020 Code: 1943R

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 9, 2020

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Ethics – .5 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Intermediate Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Today’s Controller must fulfill four distinct roles to effectively add value to their organizations - steward, operator, catalyst, and strategist roles. The seminar focuses on the catalyst and strategist roles for which many controllers may not feel adequately prepared. Too often controllers are caught up in the urgent needs of the day without adequate time to focus on their influence as catalysts and strategists within their organizations. The seminar provides the opportunity to view the controllership role as a leader and key strategic partner within the organization and provides tips on how to become the leader their organization needs.

Controllers occupy a unique place within the organization working on a daily basis with both operations and executive management. This position affords them the chance to influence all aspects of the organization. The topic of leadership is first explored by identifying how a CPA becomes a leader and how this aligns with leadership perspectives/theories. Participants will have a chance to reflect on their leadership styles and what leadership role is most needed for their organizations. To be an effective leader, controllers must have emotional intelligence and be able to interact with people across the various generations. The session will provide insight and tips for working with people of all ages.

Controllers also should be adding significant value as strategic leaders. Strategic planning application linked to basic strategy development techniques will be reviewed with a particular eye to how the controller can add value to these areas of the organization. Finally, the controller’s role as a change/conflict/crisis manager will be considered as this is an area of increasing importance within our changing economic environment.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Finance professionals working towards a Controller position, who are new to the position of Controller, or long-time Controllers looking for new tools/ideas or a refresher on strategic leadership areas of the role.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Identify the type of leader they are or want to become by considering different perspectives on leadership and understand how their leadership style reflects these perspectives. • Describe what emotional intelligence is and how it affects the workplace. • Examine how different generations think, work, and interact and identify strategies to work with people from each of the generations. • Determine what type of strategy is appropriate for the organization they are in and determine how they can play a role in strategy development and implementation. • Understand the controller’s role in change, conflict and crisis management

COURSE LEADER: HOWIE KROON, CPA, CA

Effective Costing & Profitability Management 1

Date: February 21, 2020 Code: 1951R

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 7, 2020

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Introductory Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: How profitable is your organization? Where is your company making its money?

In most organizations, 80% of profits come from about 20% of the sales. The key to improving profitability or to turn an unprofitable situation into a profitable one is to understand the drivers of profitability and how to leverage on those core products or customers. Too often financial professionals are so occupied with the daily realities of reporting results that they don’t take the time to analyze them and improve them.

In this interactive seminar, learn how to contribute directly to your organization’s bottom line by analyzing profitability by product, customer, segment, or geographical region. Learn how to identify the main drivers of profitability and the parts of the business that need to be changed. Any professional who can contribute directly to an organization’s bottom line will in turn expand their career opportunities and growth

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Business managers who need to have a clear understanding of costs and profits that their products and services generate. Decision makers and financial analysts will be able to analyze the profits and costs from production or service provided.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • Basic Functions of Finance • Sources of Profitability • The Four Cost Components • Overhead Rates • Activity-Based Costing • Performance Indicators • Different Sources of Profitability • Operating Leverage • Profitability Reporting

NOTE: In this highly interactive workshop, participants will learn effective costing and profitability techniques by going through examples and working on exercises. It is highly recommended that participants bring a calculator with them to obtain maximum benefit.

COURSE LEADER: KARINE BENZACAR, FCPA, FCMA, CPA (Del), MBA

Fraud Happens – What to Do When You Suspect Fraud?

1 Date: November 8, 2019 Code: 1966S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 25, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Ethics – 3 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Intermediate Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Companies must respond in an appropriate way to concerns about fraud and related inappropriate conduct. A “knee-jerk” reaction can lead to many negative consequences. A rational reaction plan is critical. Best practices for conducting an organized financial investigation will be covered.

The seminar will assist participants through the many challenges that companies face in such matters, and will provide “real life” examples of fraud, integrating a complex financial investigation case while examining the potential phases of such an investigation.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Members in industry who require knowledge of the complexities involved with planning and conducting a financial investigation. Members in public practice will also benefit as participants will understand the importance of complying with the CPA Canada Standard Practices for Investigative and Forensic Accounting Engagements.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: The seminar will provide best practices for conducting an organized financial investigation. It will assist participants through the many challenges that companies face in such matters, and will provide “real life” examples of fraud, integrating a complex financial investigation case while examining the potential phases of such an investigation. Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • Fraud/fraud indicators • Planning an investigation • Interviewing basics • Investigative research • Digital forensics • Legal tools and remedies • Landmark fraud cases

NOTE: There is some overlap with the Fraud Risk Management course which describes the five major principles of fraud risk management as organized by COSO. Fraud Happens – What to Do When You Suspect Fraud? goes into much more detail about relevant investigative and legal tools and techniques for performing financial investigations.

COURSE LEADER: DOUG KALESNIKOFF, FCPA, FCA, IFA NICOLE KALESNIKOFF, CPA, CA, IFA

Fraud Risk Management 1

Date: January 10, 2020 Code: 1938R

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 1, 2020

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Ethics - 3 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Introductory Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Effective fraud risk management requires an integrated approach. Too often, businesses implement some helpful practices, but overlook other principles that ensure the full spectrum of their unique risks is addressed. This holistic approach brings together key principles and practices using the 2016 updated COSO fraud risk management framework.

Case discussions, sample codes of conduct, fraud policies, fraud risk checklists, numerous examples and other practical materials will to help participants build a corporate culture and framework that prevents and detects fraudulent activity.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: CPAs in industry who require knowledge of potential fraud indicators in their transaction streams and how to develop an integrated approach for effective fraud risk management, and public practitioners who want to better identify indicators of potential fraud which can assist in the conduct of an effective audit.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: The seminar provides “real life” examples of fraud and examples based on instructor and participant experiences. It explains why we need to manage fraud. It then provides an integrated approach, describing the five key COSO principles of fraud risk management outlined below.

• Why manage fraud risk needs to be managed • COSO framework for Fraud Risk Management • Principle 1: Governance - creating an ethical environment: discussion about codes of conduct, fraud policies, hotlines, ethics training, employee declarations, and other practices • Principle 2: Comprehensive fraud risk assessment: fraud indicators and red flags, and a series of fraud risk assessment cases • Principle 3: Preventive and detective fraud control activities: a high-level overview of potential controls • Principle 4: Fraud investigation protocol: high-level overview of how to properly react to fraud, investigation considerations, taking corrective action and fidelity insurance matters • Principle 5: Fraud risk management monitoring: ongoing evaluation and timely communication, with an introduction to data analytics

NOTE: There is some overlap with the seminar Fraud Happens – What to Do When you Suspect Fraud? which focuses on COSO Principle 4 and goes into much more detail about relevant investigate and legal tools and techniques to perform investigations.

COURSE LEADER: DOUG KALESNIKOFF, FCPA, FCA, IFA NICOLE KALESNIKOFF, CPA, CA, IFA

Governance, Risk and Compliance Program A Critical Success Factor 1

Date: January 17, 2020 Code: 1982S

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 3, 2020

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Ethics – 1 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Intermediate Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The full day course provides an understanding of the Governance, Risk and Compliance Programs (“GRC”) and demonstrates how to integrate these Programs with the Company’s daily business activities. It provides a comprehensive understanding of effective governance techniques at all levels including the Board, the Executive Team and management level. The Risk Management portion of the course provides an understanding of Risk Management Methodologies and how to support the governance requirements and how to integrate the program with internal audit, internal control and compliance activities. The third element of the course provides an understanding of effective Compliance Programs and how to integrate these activities with the governance and risk management elements of the GRC program. The course also provides linkage between the GRC Programs and the 2013 COSO. This course provides a comprehensive articulation of best practices in Governance, Risk and compliance as defined below:

Governance – A series of policies, practices, procedures, processes and controls which provide direction, authorities, accountabilities, responsibilities which facilitate achievement of the entity’s objectives. Risk Management – A series of policies, practices, procedures, processes and controls which identify, assess and remediate risks which might prevent the entity from achieving its objectives. Compliance – A series of policies, practices, procedures, processes and controls which identify, assess and implement compliance with rules and regulations which the entity has to adhere to in order to achieve its objectives.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Chief Financial, Risk and Compliance Officers, Controllers, Internal Auditors and other members of management who are involved in or desire to develop an understanding of the real issues and values of GRC Programs for all types of organizations.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, participants will have a stronger understanding of: • Governance Practices • ERM Programs including the recent COSO Enterprise and Fraud Risk Management Guides • Compliance Programs • Effective integration of GRC Practices • Linkage with the 2013 COSO

PREREQUISITE: A general understanding of GRC Practices.

COURSE LEADER: MASSOOD OROOMCHI, BSc. (Econ.)

Improving Audit Committee Effectiveness ½

Date: March 10, 2020 Code: 1991S

Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 25, 2020

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Ethics – 1 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: General Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The half day seminar aims to develop and enhance the audit committee member’s understanding of their responsibilities and how to effectively contribute to the overall governance of the organization.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Board directors who are new to or are contemplating a role on their organization’s audit committee. This seminar will also be of benefit to those audit committee members who would like to refresh their understanding of audit committee governance.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this seminar, participants will have a solid understanding of the purpose of an audit committee and what audit committee members are responsible for. In addition, the workshop will provide participants with the knowledge and skills they need to: • Serve as an effective member of an audit committee. • Understand the role and responsibilities of an audit committee. • Appreciate what leading practices are and how they may be incorporated to contribute to an audit committee's effectiveness.

COURSE LEADERS: SCOTT POWELL, CPA, CA

Improving Governance in the Corporate Sector 1

Date: November 19, 2019 Code: 1969S

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 5, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total - 7 Ethics – 1 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Intermediate Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to create improvements in Canadian Corporate Governance by presenting practical knowledge and empowering CPAs to implement strategies that are in line with the organizational culture and leadership. The course provides board members, managers and auditors in Canadian corporations with the tools to become the “go to” people on improving governance. The course outlines the impact of leadership and culture on a company’s governance. It also covers Canadian governance failures and red flags that warrant attention. It discusses fraud and risk management concepts. Canadian success stories are assessed as well, to learn practical approaches and ideas to bring about highly functioning boards and management teams.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Board members, managers and auditors in the corporate sector. It is designed for those looking for a comprehensive analysis and discussion of governance in the Canadian corporate sector. The course will help create governance champions in organizations.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, participants should be able to: • Describe the Canadian governance environment, including various governance models • Examine governance crises and failures to identify common themes and issues • Discuss governance success stories to identify effective practices • Identify best governance practices with respect to board composition, communication, responsibilities, etc. • Recognize the importance of organizational culture and tone at the top • Create an action plan for one’s own organization

COURSE LEADER: ARUN MATHUR, CPA, CA, LPA

Improving your Bottom Line Using KPIs 1

Date: November 21, 2019 Code: 1970S

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 7, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Intermediate Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The course will cover how members can use Key Performance Indicators to improve any organization’s bottom line. It provides a step by step approach in using KPIs to improve any organization’s bottom line. It examines high and low level KPIs and Financial and Non-Financial KPIs. The process of developing and implementing KPIs and avoiding pitfalls will be reviewed. Typical KPIs for the following types of organizations – professional services (accounting practice), retail, service, manufacturing and NFP including government entities will be discussed. Participants will look at the challenges and benefits that may arise. The course includes case studies and group work.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: CPA members in audit, management and board positions. This course will help them to use KPIs in their daily work to improve the bottom line.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, participants should be able to: • Explain the benefits of implementing KPIs in the workplace • Compare types of KPIs, including high-level and low-level and financial and non-financial • Identify KPIs commonly used in various industries • Describe the steps that can be taken to develop and implement KPIs • Demonstrate the ability to problem-solve using KPIs in case studies

COURSE LEADER: ARUN MATHUR, CPA, CA, LPA

Internal Control 1

Date: November 18, 2019 Code: 1968S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 4, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Ethics – 1 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Intermediate Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The course provides practical guidance on evaluating and improving internal control systems in any organization. It updates CPA members on internal control standards and frameworks, and explores key topics including fraud prevention, the Sarbanes Oxley legislation, COSO, Canadian auditing standards and assertions, and practice inspection findings on internal control evaluation in Canada. CPAs will gain practical knowledge and will be able to lead on internal control issues in their organizations. The main components of Internal Control will be outlined, including Operations, Financial Reporting, and Compliance. Internal Control evaluation will be explored, as well as control activities and processes that can be put into place.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: CPAs in audit, management and in board positions. It will enable them to understand and deal with internal control issues to consider improvements in their organizations.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, participants should be able to: • Recognize the relationship between successful internal control and governance • Identify warning signs in the absence of effective internal controls • Implement the COSO framework and identify anticipated challenges • Discuss Canadian auditing assertions in relation to internal control • Analyze Practice Inspection findings (deficiencies and suggestions)

COURSE LEADER: ARUN MATHUR, CPA, CA, LPA

Internal Control Refresher for Financial Managers 1

Date: March 4, 2020 Code: 1958R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 19, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Ethics – 1 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Intermediate Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: When was the last time you looked at your organization’s internal controls? In this fast-paced seminar, financial managers are provided with an interesting refresher on control, through videos, case studies and discussion. Content includes what business life would be like without control, the COSO internal control framework, and case studies of controls gone wrong. You will leave with a deeper understanding of internal control and with some new ideas on innovative approaches to internal control.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: CPAs in industry, including financial managers, supervisors and controllers, who want to improve their organization’s efficiency and effectiveness, and CPAs who advise clients.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • COSO framework and how to apply it • Improving and implementing controls • Internal control, ISO and quality • Controlling the budget process • Spreadsheet controls • Getting buy-in across the organization

COURSE LEADER: JEFFREY SHERMAN, FCPA, FCA, MBA, CIM

Management Accounting – Foundations 1

Date: January 23, 2020 Code: 2911S

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 9, 2020

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimate CPD Hours: Total – 7 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Introductory Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: For professional accountants that have not exercised those management accounting muscles in some time (maybe since university), this course will help participants apply management accounting concepts to generate new ideas for problem solving.

Common associations with management accounting include cost accounting, break even analysis and variance analysis. However, management accounting concepts include so much more such as organizational behavior and employee motivation. It is exciting to learn that the world of management accounting includes, for example, research on workplace altruism by renowned Wharton School Professor Adam Grant. And at the center of all these concepts in management accounting is their application to creative problem solving.

In gaining movement back in those management accounting muscles by taking this course, participants will be able to generate more ideas on how to solve problems such as: • How to identify and classify costs for internal decision making • How to use cost behavior to help with budgeting and forecasting • How to more effectively communicate with non-financial managers (such as Sales, HR) • How to create incentives to align organizational strategy and employee motivations

Participants will work through problems, case studies and collaborate with their peers to discuss how they can use management accounting information and tools to help solve challenges within their organizations.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professional accountants who are transitioning into a managerial accounting role (or responsibilities) and require a refresher of key management accounting concepts. The course has been designed to provide an overview of selected key topics in management accounting LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Recall management accounting topics and terminology • Classify different organizational costs by cost behaviour and cost function • Arrange and evaluate cost volume profit (CVP) and relevant costing problems • Design approaches to relevant costing problems that align with the knowledge of key users • Identify different types of performance measurement and budgeting tools • Evaluate organizational strategy and key performance indicators (KPIs) • Interpret management accounting decisions for non-financial managers • Identify key trends in management accounting

COURSE LEADER: SHELLEY LUKASEWICH, CPA, CGA

Not-for-Profit Organizations – Governance ½

Date: March 16, 2020 Code: 1959R

Time: 8:30 am to 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: March 2, 2020

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Ethics – 1 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Intermediate Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: Not-for-profit organizations (NFPOs) are diverse and their expectations of directors and good governance can vary widely. The half-day session explores some of the unique governance challenges facing NFPOs with a view to incorporate best practice and identify emerging issues in order to provide effective oversight.

Since the days of Enron in 2002, governance has been subject to attention and regulation in the for- profit sector. However, NFPOs have not garnered that same attention. Yet, it has been proven that effective governance leads to improved results. For NFPOs with limited resources, it becomes even more important to ensure their governance practices are effective and they use their volunteer board resources wisely. For example, how can a volunteer board member of a smaller NFPO maintain oversight responsibilities when they may be required to take on a more operational role? Through discussion and exercises, we will work through the key elements of a corporate governance framework and determine how to bring in certain elements of discipline that are seen on corporate boards to benefit the NFPO.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Member of NFPO boards, those considering joining an NFPO board, and any who interact or provide support to NFPO boards as it will help current and future board members determine how to manage through certain expectations, especially in light of the volunteer status they are likely to have.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Explain the essential elements of a corporate governance system • Identify the link between governance & strategy • Define the role and responsibilities of the board and audit committee • Explore common governance challenges facing not-for-profits • Undertake steps to improve the way a not-for-profit board functions • Appreciate how ethics impacts the culture and environment of an organization • Identify emerging issues that boards need to understand, including their organizational response

PREREQUISITE: Some experience as a board member or working with boards is useful but not required.

COURSE LEADER: LISA DORIAN, CPA, CA, CPA (Illinois), CIA, CRMA

Strategy and Risk Management for Financial Managers 1

Date: March 6, 2020 Code: 1990S

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 21, 2020

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Ethics – 1 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Intermediate Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Successful financial managers must thoroughly understand governance and strategy, and how to relate it to their reporting and control responsibilities, as well as how to add value to the strategic process. Risk management is a critical element of planning, and internal control provides the foundation of risk management.

You may already be involved in the strategy-setting process in your own organization, or perhaps you want to get more involved in value-added planning issues. The one-day seminar combines lectures and workshops using a comprehensive case study. You will be exposed to some novel approaches and ideas, hone your analytical skills, and be able to develop practical solutions for your organization.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: CPAs in industry, including finance directors, managers and controllers, who want to help their organization survive and prosper, and CPAs who advise clients.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • The role of the finance department • Strategy and corporate governance • Internal control: using the frameworks • Risk management and planning • Implementing change

COURSE LEADER: JEFFREY SHERMAN, FCPA, FCA, MBA, CIM

Ten Practical Steps To Identify & Manage Risk in Your Business or Professional Practice ½

Date: October 21, 2019 Code: 2904S

Time: 1:00 pm to 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: October 10, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Ethics – .5 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: General Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The half day seminar is designed to help small and medium sized business enterprises and practicing professionals to identify and manage sources of risk in their business or professional practice.

The seminar will raise awareness of the sources of risk in business enterprises and professional practices across ten different common areas of concern. It will also identify strategies to manage these sources of risk.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Owners and managers of small and medium sized business enterprises and practicing professionals.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • Business Structure as a Source of Risk (Separating Assets from Operations; Securing Shareholder Loans; Use of Shareholder Agreements) • Directors' and Partners' Liability Issues (Sources of Directors' Liability; Defences; Indemnity & Insurance)\; Partnerships; LLP's) • Professional Practice Issues (Cost Sharing Arrangements; Professional Liability Implications; Limitations on Structuring Prof Corps; Liability Insurance) • Family Considerations as a Source of Risk to a Business (Risks & Considerations of Introducing Family Members To Business; Income Tax Risks; Governance & Control Risks; Shares as Family Property) • End of Life Issues as a Source of Risk To a Business (Incapacity; Estate Planning Considerations; Sources of Estate Disputes; Estate Liquidity Issues) • Risks Associated With Business Succession Planning (Succession Issues; Employees as Shareholders; Non-Competition Agreements; The Role of Insurance) • Risks Associated With Asset Transfers (Fraudulent Preferences; Fraudulent Conveyances; Non- Arm's Length Transfers; Purchases from Foreign Vendors) • Business Litigation Risks (Selling Goods & Services Into U.S. Supply Chain; Class Actions) • Risks Arising From Purchase & Sale of a Business (Acquisition Risks & Mitigation Strategies; Divestiture Risks & Mitigation Strategies) • Managing Risks Arising from Business Failure ("Debtor in Possession" Creditor Protection; Maximizing Prospects of Restructuring a Distressed Business Enterprise)

COURSE LEADERS: JEFF LEE, Q.C., LL.B & PAUL OLFERT, JD, B.Comm & ADAM UNICK, JD (MLT Aikins LLP)

FINANCIAL REPORTING

The role of financial reporting, the appropriate application of reporting frameworks and financial reporting standards to maintain strong financial reporting for clients and organizations and the evaluation and interpretation on an entity’s financial reporting.

Accelerate and Optimize Financial Close and Spreadsheet Control 1

Date: January 16, 2020 Code: 1981S

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 2, 2020

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: A common challenge in business is the perception that the financial close process is lengthy, inefficient and cumbersome. Finding additional time saving at month-, quarter- and year-end is critical during these challenging times of increasing complexity in financial reporting, and accelerated reporting and regulatory obligations.

Participants in this seminar will gain a practical understanding of best practices in the financial close processes and learn how to accelerate the financial close process and enhance controls. You will focus on Spreadsheet Controls, which make the whole process of using spreadsheets more effective and efficient and show how to redesign and enhance spreadsheets to reduce the likelihood of error and facilitate the use of spreadsheets as analytical tools.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: CFOs, controllers and accounting managers who wish to strike the right balance between speed and accuracy for the financial close process, without compromising the internal control environment, and improve controls over the use of financial spreadsheets.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will learn, • How to accelerate the close process and allow more time for management review and analysis • How to strike a right balance between speed and accuracy without compromising controls • Financial close best practices and robust controls • How to create a roadmap to accelerate the close process and enhance related controls • Spreadsheet risks and controls • Spreadsheet Control policy • How to redesign spreadsheets to reduce likelihood of error and facilitate the use of spreadsheets as powerful analytical tools

PREREQUISITE: Participants should have a good understanding of financial close processes and use of spreadsheets.

COURSE LEADER: MASSOOD OROOMCHI, BSc. (Econ.)

ASNFPO – Update 2019 ½

Date: November 14, 2019 Code: 1917R

Time: 8:30 am to 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 31, 2019

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

Date: December 4, 2019 Code: 1917S

Time: 8:30 am to 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 20, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The seminar reviews recent and proposed revisions to Part III - Accounting Standards for Not-for-Profit Organizations (ASNFPO) and provides an information update on recent revisions to the CPA Canada Handbook –Part III, Accounting Standards for Not-for-Profit Organizations (ASNFPO).

Participants will first be provided with an overview of changes to ASNFPO, followed by discussion of major projects and impact on NFPOs. Practical guidance will be provided on selected accounting matters identified by practice advisory and/or practice inspection. In addition, information will be provided on performance measures and matters of importance to Board members.

Participants will be able to utilize this information on proposed changes to the standards to provide guidance to NFPOs and board members.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals who are involved in the preparation and analysis of financial statements using ASNFPO, practitioners who provide assurance on these financial statements and CPA’s who volunteer on Boards for NFPOs.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • Implications of the major project on Contributions including revenue recognition and other related matters • Other future developments in ASNFPO • Changes and improvements in relation to “hot topics” (includes topics arising from practice inspection and practice advisory) • Matters discussed by Not-For-Profit Advisory Committees • Financial and non-financial performance measures for NFPO’s • How to identify matters of importance to Board members • Relevant publications (with links)

PREREQUISITES: Participants should be familiar with ASNFPO.

COURSE LEADER: KIM VAREY, CPA, CA

ASPE – Construction Industry ½

Date: December 6, 2019 Code: 1974S

Time: 8:30 am to 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 22, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The seminar explores, in a practical manner, Part II – Accounting Standard for Private Enterprises (ASPE) of the CPA Handbook that are applicable to the construction industry. In the seminar, the construction industry will include construction contractors with various activities. A contractor may engage in those activities as a general contractor or subcontractor, and does not necessarily have the ownership of real estate, but is acting as a vendor to the builders, developers and landlords that have direct or indirect ownership of the real estate. The seminar will also cover the disclosure requirements and other issues specific to construction contracts.

As the construction industry continues to become a larger part of the Canadian economy, a similar increase in the level of complexity of industry practices has been observed. As a result, the challenge of applying the standards appropriately in this ever-changing landscape increases. The half-day course is designed to enable the practical application of the ASPE standard to construction entities. Emphasis will be placed on the application of revenue recognition and other accounting policies using specific scenarios and practical illustrative examples.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: • Controllers, directors of finance or CFOs in construction entities • Professional accountants in public practice • Professionals seeking knowledge of construction accounting

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

• Identify common industry practices and accounting policies • Interpret financial statement presentation and disclosure requirements • Analyze the effects of estimates and uncertainty in the application of revenue recognition • Distinguish the appropriate application of the percentage of completion and completed contract methods of revenue recognition

PREREQUISITES: • Familiarity with CPA Handbook – Accounting Part II ASPE • Knowledge of the construction industry business practices

COURSE LEADER: KIM VAREY, CPA, CA

ASPE – Disclosure and Presentation 1

Date: November 15, 2019 Code: 1919R

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 1, 2019

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

Date: December 5, 2019 Code: 1919S

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 21, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The seminar reviews the reality and best practices for disclosure and presentation requirements of Part II – Accounting Standards for Private Enterprises (ASPE). The seminar will start with a basic private enterprise financial statement, showing the common presentation and disclosure requirements and will then build on those statements with additional disclosure and presentation matters. Each disclosure and presentation requirement of ASPE will be reviewed and examples will be provided (sample financial statements are developed during the seminar).

Much was said about reduced disclosure for private enterprises when ASPE was issued, but what is the reality and what are best practices now? The objective of the seminar is to provide participants with knowledge and understanding of the financial statement disclosure and presentation requirements for ASPE.

The full-day seminar reviews disclosure and presentation requirements of ASPE, from cash to cash flow; from financial instruments to equity instruments; and from the known to the contingent, using examples of all ASPE disclosure and presentation requirements. The seminar will be delivered primarily through discussion of examples with some exercises.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners who serve private enterprises and those who prepare financial statements for private enterprises.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will learn to: • Differentiate between the disclosure and presentation requirements within ASPE; • Identify the presentation and classification requirements for the balance sheet, income statement, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows; • Determine whether or not an asset or liability is required to be presented as current or long- term; • Determine what significant accounting policies require disclosure within the financial statements; • Prepare note disclosures in accordance with Sections 1000 through Section 3870 and related Guidelines in Part II of the CPA Canada Handbook – Accounting.

PREREQUISITES: The material does not address recognition and measurement; therefore, a good working knowledge of the recognition and measurement standards would be beneficial.

COURSE LEADER: KIM VAREY, CPA, CA

ASPE – Related Party Transactions 1

Date: November 12, 2019 Code: 1967S

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 29, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: A full day seminar that uses case studies, exercises and examples to illustrate the numerous and complex issues when accounting for related party transactions. It is designed to address the challenges faced by preparers of ASPE financial statements and practitioners with respect to the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of related party transactions and balances under ASPE.

Accounting for related party transactions is one of the most complicated areas of applying accounting standards for private enterprises (ASPE) and it is an area of accounting regularly cited for deficiencies by practice inspection. Now there are new developments with changes to ASPE 3856 accounting for retractable and mandatorily redeemable shares and accounting for financial instruments in related party transactions.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals involved in the preparation of private enterprise financial statements and practitioners who serve private clients with related party transactions.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

• Recognize and measure related party transactions – from simple to complicated transactions including amalgamations and property transfers.

• Draft best practice disclosures for related party transactions addressing the concerns of practice inspection

• Implement the changes to ASPE 3856 for retractable and mandatorily redeemable shares, and

• Implement the changes to ASPE 3856 for related party financial instruments.

PREREQUISITES: Participants should be familiar with the CPA Handbook – Assurance, Part II ASPE

COURSE LEADER: KIM VAREY, CPA, CA

ASPE – Review of the Standards 2

Date: January 14 & 15, 2020 Code: 1939R

Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 2, 2020

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 14 Licensing – 14

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $550 Non-member $675

OBJECTIVE: The two-day seminar reviews Part II – Accounting Standards for Private Enterprises (ASPE) of the CPA Handbook from cover to cover, encompassing all sections and guidelines. In addition, this seminar will identify and outline the accounting policy choices available to management in applying ASPE. Examples and exercises will cover some of the newer or more common concepts of accounting used by private enterprises or areas where practice review has identified struggles or challenges. A high level overview to address ASPE application for not- for-profit organizations will also be included.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Individuals seeking a robust and complete review of ASPE and individuals involved in the not- for-profit sector that need to understand the ASPE measurement, recognition, presentation and disclosure requirements that are applicable to not-for-profit accounting and reporting.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Better understand the ASPE Standards, in particular areas that are since commonly in practice • Become familiar with recent updates to the Standards • Apply the Standards through selective examples and financial statement presentation and disclosure examples

PREREQUISITE: Participants should be familiar with the CPA Handbook – Accounting Part II ASPE

COURSE LEADER: KIM VAREY, CPA, CA

ASPE – Update 2019 ½

Date: November 14, 2019 Code: 1918R

Time: 1:00 pm to 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: October 31, 2019

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

Date: December 4, 2019 Code: 1918S

Time: 1:00 pm to 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 20, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The seminar will review recent revisions to Part II - Accounting Standards for Private Enterprises (ASPE) of the CPA Handbook. Participants will first be provided with an overview of changes to ASPE, followed by specific examples of the implementation of new and revised recommendations. In addition, practical guidance will be provided on selected accounting matters identified by practice advisory and/or practice inspection.

The seminar will update professionals who are involved in the preparation and analysis of financial statements for small- and medium-sized entities and practitioners who provide assurance on these financial statements on recent changes in ASPE standards and hot topic areas to improve their knowledge. The seminar will also cover current projects of the standard setters and areas being discussed by standard setters that could result in future changes to the standards.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals who are involved in the preparation and analysis of financial statements for small and medium-sized entities, and practitioners who provide assurance on these financial statements.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • How to apply specific high risk (more complex/imminent) ASPE standards for Retractable or Mandatory Redeemable Shares in a tax planning arrangement, • Changes in accounting for Related Party Financial Instruments • Changes in accounting for agriculture inventory and assets in the agriculture exposure draft • How to identify changes and improvements in relation to “hot topics” (includes topics arising from practice inspection and practice advisory) • Matters discussed by the Private Enterprise Advisory Committee • Relevant publications (with links)

PREREQUISITE: Participants should be familiar with ASPE

COURSE LEADER: KIM VAREY, CPA, CA

IFRS – Update 2019 ½

Date: November 13, 2019 Code: 1940S

Time: 8:30am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 30, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total - 3.5 Licensing – 3.5

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

Date: January 16, 2020 Code: 1940R

Time: 8:30am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 2, 2020

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total - 3.5 Licensing – 3.5

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The seminar provides participants with a review of new and revised IFRS and an up-to-date snapshot of other projects being considered by IFRS standard setters. The content covers new and revised standards approved from July 2018 to June 2019. The topics addressed by the IFRS Discussion Group during the year will be identified with more in-depth coverage of specific items. Topics addressed where the IFRS Interpretations Committee determined improvements or clarifications were not considered necessary will be identified so participants can obtain a better understanding of the standards, including the impact of this information on judgments being made. Recent publications by the regulators are referenced so that participants are aware of and consider the implications of regulator communications.

The course updates the participants knowledge of changes to IFRS and non-authoritative guidance that has been issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee and the IFRS Discussion Group during the year. Minimal changes to IFRS are expected in the current year. Awareness of these changes and knowledge of topics discussed with respect to the application of IFRS are essential to those applying IFRS. Examples, as included in the discussions, will be used to demonstrate the topics. Notices issued by the regulators will be referenced.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners, preparers and readers of financial statements using IFRS who want to be informed of the recent developments in IFRS standards, including CFOs and VPs, directors, senior managers, controllers and other financial reporting staff, auditors, and audit committee members.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • Changes to IFRS during the previous year • Projects in process at the IASB • Topics discussed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee and the IFRS Discussion Group with explanations of selected topics • Publications issued by the regulators during the year

PREREQUISITE: Participants are expected to have an understanding of current IFRS prior to attending this course.

COURSE LEADER: KIM VAREY, CPA, CA

Not-for-Profit Organizations – Disclosure & Presentation 1

Date: December 5, 2019 Code: 1935R

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 21, 2019

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Not-for-profit organizations are becoming more complex as they try new ideas, offer new services and grow in a competitive environment. With this added complexity comes the need to increase and expand financial statement disclosures to ensure the users of the financial statements obtain relevant and valuable information. The seminar will provide a broad review of financial statement presentation and note disclosure requirements under Part III- Accounting Standards for Not-for-Profit Organizations (ASNFPO) and relevant disclosures from Part II - Accounting Standards for Private Enterprises (ASPE). Participants will review a number of examples of disclosures and engage in activities to identify issues and improve disclosures. Different presentation methods (restricted fund vs. deferral method) and the impact on presentation will also be discussed.

The course will serve as a comprehensive review of the presentation and disclosure requirements faced by a not-for-profit organization when it applies ASNFPO and relevant ASPE standards. Participants will review a variety of examples and learn to apply the disclosure requirements for a number of different areas that NFPOs regularly deal with.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals at all levels involved in the preparation and review of NFPO financial statements. Government-controlled NFPOs follow the Public Sector Accounting Standards, that will not be addressed in this seminar.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Identify and analyze accounting issues specific to NPOs and determine the appropriate disclosures required • Identify where policy choice exists and determine the appropriate level of disclosure required to communicate those choices to the user of the financial statements • Interpret facts and scenarios to determine the appropriate presentation and disclosure

PREREQUISITE KNOWLEDGE: Participants should have completed the seminar NFPO – Review of the Standards or understanding of the CPA Handbook – Accounting Part III with respect to measurement issues.

COURSE LEADER: BRIDGET NOONAN, CPA, CA

Not-for-Profit Organizations – Review of the Standards 1

Date: October 30, 2019 Code: 1965S

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 16, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Organizations in the not-for-profit sector are developing new operational models that are increasing in complexity and an increasing need by financial statement users for transparency and comprehensive information. The seminar will discuss the application of accounting standards, with an emphasis on areas where choice exists, that are found in the CPA Handbook - Part III Accounting Standards for Not-for-Profit Organizations (ASNFPO) and relevant sections of Part II Accounting Standards for Private Enterprises (ASPE). Participants will learn what choices are available when setting policies, the impacts on disclosure, and how to determine the appropriate accounting treatment for an organization given different facts and scenarios.

The course will serve as a review and refresher of the application of ASNFPO as well as the most common ASPE standard applicable to not-for-profit organizations. Participants will learn what choices are available when setting policies, the impacts on disclosure, and participate in activities and exercises to strengthen the knowledge gained throughout this course.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals at all levels involved in the preparation and review of NFPO financial statements. Government-controlled NFPOs must follow the Public Sector Accounting Standards that will not be addressed in this seminar.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Identify and analyze accounting issues specific to NPOs • Identify and explain where policy choices exist and their impacts on the organization • Determine significant issues in which disclosure is required • Determine which handbook and standard is relevant in a variety of circumstances • Interpret facts and scenarios to determine the appropriate accounting treatment for an organization

PREREQUISITE KNOWLEDGE: Participants should be familiar with the CPA Handbook – Accounting Part III.

COURSE LEADER: BRIDGET NOONAN, CPA, CA

PSAS – Review of the Standards 1

Date: October 18, 2019 Code: 1908R

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 4, 2019

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

Date: November 5, 2019 Code: 1908S

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 22, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The course focuses on general PSAS concepts, the structure of the PSA Handbook, and how and why PSAS standards differ from ASPE and IFRS. The course is lecture style but presented in modules that group relevant concepts together. All modules are structured with enough time for interactive questions and discussion. Most modules will contain a few group questions or mini-case studies to allow for some hands-on learning.

The key concepts in PSAS are compared to those in ASPE or IFRS so that the participant can compare and contrast to standards that they have some familiarity with.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Accountants new to roles (or considering roles) at local/provincial or federal governments or their related crown corporations and agencies.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will: • Have a working knowledge of the PSA Handbook and underlying framework • Appreciate why and how PSAS differ from ASPE and IFRS • Learn key requirements of the most important PSAS standards • Be able to articulate reporting concepts under PSAS and the importance of balancing public interest with practicality.

PREREQUISITE: Working knowledge of ASPE and /or IFRS

COURSE LEADER: VIVIAN NICHOLAS, CPA, CA

PSAS – Specific Topics 1

Date: October 28, 2019 Code: 1911R

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 14, 2019

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Advanced

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The seminar looks at the application of certain of the more complex areas of Public Sector Accounting Standards using real world case examples. Common topics that raise discussions between finance professionals and auditors will be explored in detail and demonstrated in case studies and in shorter discussion exercises.

The course looks at the application considerations of using the framework and standards in the Public Sector Accounting Handbook when applying to real-life circumstances. It will be of interest to preparers and auditors working in the public sector and will provide strategies considering translation of general standards to the real world.

The course is presented using mini-case studies and shorter group exercises. There will be a brief refresher on some of the more recent standards including Asset Retirement Obligations and the expected Private/Public Partnerships Standard.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals with a working knowledge of PSAS who prepare, audit or use financial reports in the public sector and are looking to expand that to next level.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Use strategies to apply PSAS standards to unusual and complex situations • Be able to apply new Asset Retirement Obligations standard and expected Private/Public Partnerships standard • Be able to use the GAAP hierarchy and consideration of international standards to apply to accounting circumstances

PREREQUISITE: PSAS – Review of the Standards, or In-depth working familiarity with PSAS

COURSE LEADER: VIVIAN NICHOLAS, CPA, CA

ASSURANCE

Enhancing the reliability of information through internal audit and external third-party assurance services and the statutory and regulatory assurance requirements for audit and review as well as broader validation and assurance services.

Application of ASPE and CSRE 2400 1

Date: October 3, 2019 Code: 1905R

Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: September 19, 2019 Estimated CPD Hours: Location: Regina CPA Training Room Total – 7 Licensing – 7 Ethics – 1 Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

Date: October 28, 2019 Course Code: 1905S

Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 16, 2019 Estimated CPD Hours: Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Total – 7 Licensing – 7 Ethics – 1 Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: Reading the handbook, attending professional development courses and self-study have provided you with a solid foundation in the applicable accounting framework and review engagement requirements. The objective of this workshop is to take you one-step further in a hands-on learning environment. Together, you will walk through common deficiencies in ASPE and CSRE 2400 on an actual client engagement, one of your client engagements.

In this interactive learning environment, you will enhance understanding of the accounting and review engagement requirements for your client engagements while reviewing your firm’s files as completed with your firm’s templates and methodology. Throughout the day, you will identify areas where firm processes, templates and resources need improvement as well as were efficiencies may be realized.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Senior staff, new managers or partners who are responsible for detailed file review and/or the firm’s quality control processes such as file monitoring.

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: Participants must bring a laptop or mobile device to this session on which it is possible to access 2 to 3 of your completed review engagement files including all client deliverables. To ensure client confidentiality is maintained all identifiable information should be redacted from the files prior to attending the course.

PREREQUISITES: ASPE – Review of the Standards and Review Engagements – Introduction to CSRE 2400 or equivalent learning. The workshop will assume that participants have covered the material in these two courses since September 2017 and that all participants have a sound understanding of the material.

COURSE LEADER – BRIDGET NOONAN, CPA, CA

Assurance Standards – Update 2019 ½

Date: November 25, 2019 Code: 1925R

Time: 8:30 pm – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 11, 2019

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5

Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

Date: November 27, 2019 Code: 1925S

Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 13, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5

Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The seminar is designed to review recent revisions to the CPA Canada Handbook–Assurance and other practice matters in the last year and focuses on new and revised assurance and other related service standards issued, with an overview of projects in progress, and other issues and developments of interest to practitioners, including issues identified on a national basis by practice advisory and/or practice inspection.

The seminar will address changes to both audit standards and non-audit assurance standards. Audit topics covered include revisions to Canadian audit standards including auditing accounting estimates, applicability of communicating key audit matters in the audit report, upcoming changes to the assessment of risks of material misstatement, quality control and other developments of interest to auditors. Coverage of non-audit assurance standards addresses practice issues under CSRE 2400, the proposed new Canadian Standard on Related Services (CSRS) 4200 Compilation Engagements and current practice issues for compilation engagements.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners providing public accounting, assurance and other related services, serving small and medium-sized entities that are private or not-for- profit entities.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will: • Be able to apply the revisions to auditing accounting estimates; • Be aware of the pending changes to audits and understand potential impact on audits • Be aware of and locate tools to assist with audits. • Be able to identify deficiencies and common application issues for review engagements under CSRE 2400 and compilation engagements and remedy such deficiencies; • Understand the changes for compilations engagements under proposed CSRS 4200 • Be aware of and locate tools to assist with review and compilation engagements.

PREREQUISITE: Participants should be familiar with the CPA Handbook – Assurance.

COURSE LEADER: TOM GILLESPIE, CPA, CA

Audit Engagements – Application of the Standards Using PEG 1

Date: October 2, 2019 Code: 1904R

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: September 18, 2019 Estimated CPD Hours: Location: Regina CPA Training Room Total – 7 Licensing – 7 Ethics – .5 Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

Date: October 29, 2019 Code: 1904S

Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 15, 2019 Estimated CPD Hours: Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Total – 7 Licensing – 7 Ethics – .5 Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: Participants will receive practical guidance on how to perform effective and efficient small to medium sized audit engagements, including not for profit entities. Using audit methodology contained in Volume 2 of PEG the course will address problem areas encountered in practice and often reported in the provincial practice inspection findings related to audit. This includes identifying risks, particularly at the financial statement level, developing fraud scenarios and then responding to such risks, identifying relevant internal controls and practical guidance on the extent of testing. Using real world examples and exercises, participants will unlock the full potential of PEG and its practical aids to reduce engagement time and improve results.

Participants will walk through each of the steps involved in performing a small audit. This includes client acceptance, understanding the entity, materiality, planning, how to identify and respond to risks, customizing work programs, testing, monitoring work as it progresses, documenting working papers and communicating findings internally and then to the client on a timely basis.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners and professional staff who perform audit engagements and would like a refresher on how to perform an audit efficiently and effectively using PEG.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • The PEG 12 step audit process • Performing an audit from start to finish • Keys to a successful audit including an audit approach and plan that will save time • Ideas for simplifying key requirements such as understanding internal control • Risk assessment and engagement planning activities • Risk response including developing the audit strategy and work programs • Designing efficient tests • Documenting the work performed and evaluating evidence obtained • Forming an opinion • Communicating results with management and those charged with governance

PREREQUISITE: Familiarity with the CPA Handbook – Assurance and have some experience performing audits.

COURSE LEADER: BRIDGET NOONAN, CPA, CA

Audit Engagements – Audit of a Simple Entity 1

Date: November 12, 2019 Code: 1915R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 29, 2019 Estimated CPD Hours: Location: Regina CPA Training Room Total – 7 Licensing – 7 Ethics – 2 Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450 Date: November 14, 2019 Code: 1915S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 31, 2019 Estimated CPD Hours: Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Total – 7 Licensing – 7 Ethics – 2 Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The course will look at the challenges of applying and achieving the Canada Audit Standards (CAS) in situations when the auditor is engaged with a small/simple entity. Participants will have an opportunity to raise issues and challenges that auditors face when auditing a simple entity with limited resources and workshop several potential efficiencies to help them achieve their goals.

Currently Canadian Audit Standards has a single set of audit standards which applies to everyone from large corporations to small businesses. This however raises a challenge for auditors of small organizations. When you have a large organization with a large team and significant risks facing you, it’s easier to support and defend the need to have a substantial audit fee but what about situations where you have a less complex, simple entity with limited means?

The course will look at some of the misconceptions on what people consider a simple or a small audit. Having identified what a simple or small audit should be, participants will look at ways to use different documentation techniques, risk identification and efficiencies to make the most of a limited budget.

Participants will use exercises and a case study to practice and brainstorm new ideas on ways to address the requirements of CAS that will emphasize the new perspectives and insights on the problems participants have experienced in their practical experience.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Intermediate to advanced level auditors who are seeking additional knowledge and tactics on how standards can be met given limited budgets and time on smaller, simpler audit client

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Properly identify whether an entity is a small or simple entity using knowledge of the business to support their understanding • Craft memos to support the documentation of the work performed on a small entity in an efficient yet complete manner • Appraise and apply ways to use information collected to support audit work and procedures to gain efficiencies between areas like understanding the client and financial analysis and other audit work which must be performed • Evaluate and devise tests based on risk assessments of the simple entity. • Explain and defend the sufficiency of audit evidence obtained in order to meet CAS’s

PREREQUISITES: Participants should have an intermediate knowledge of the CAS standards as not all CAS standards are reviewed during the course. Standards used in the course for case purposes are chosen to demonstrate how to meet the standard given a simple client and limited budget. Because the course discusses limiting use of audit worksheets (i.e. PEG), the ability to apply professional judgement at an intermediate or advanced level to determine what work should be completed to meet the minimum CAS standard is also required. Those wanting a comprehensive review of all the CASs should register in Audit Engagements – Review of the Standards.

COURSE LEADER: KIRSTEN ALBO, FCPA, FCA

Audit Engagements – CAS 240: Risk Related to Fraud ½

Date: November 13, 2019 Code: 1916R Time: 8:30 am to 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 30, 2019 Estimated CPD Hours: Location: Regina CPA Training Room Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5 Ethics – 1 Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275 Date: November 15, 2019 Code: 1916S Time: 8:30 am to 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 1, 2019 Estimated CPD Hours: Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5 Ethics – 1 Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: An auditor has responsibilities relating to fraud in the context of an audit. The requirements of CAS are designed to assist the auditor in identifying and assessing the risk of material misstatement due to fraud and in designing procedures to respond to and detect such misstatements.

Misstatements in the financial statements can arise from fraud or error. The distinguishing factor between fraud and error is whether the underlying action that results in the misstatement is intentional or unintentional. As fraud is intentional and involves schemes designed to hide misstatement, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error.

Participants will identify the auditor’s responsibilities related to fraud and apply the standards when designing and performing procedures for audit engagements.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners in public practice who want to improve their ability to identify and assess the risk of fraud as well as strengthen the work performed and documented in the assurance files to help them meet their responsibilities related to fraud in an efficient and effective manner.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: The objectives of this course are to increase the understanding of help practitioners outline fraud responsibilities in the context of an audit and to help the auditor apply the standards in their assurance engagements in a meet the above objectives in a practical and efficient manner.

By the end of the course, participants will be able to: • Recognize fraud risk factors • Identify and assess the risk of material misstatement of the financial statements due to fraud (Risk Assessment Procedures) • Design appropriate audit procedures to address the risk of fraud • Perform required procedures including journal entry testing • Implement unpredictability procedures into the engagement • Assess the results of procedures performed • Respond appropriately to fraud or suspected fraud identified during the audit

COURSE LEADER: KIRSTEN ALBO, FCPA, FCA

Block Chain, Cryptocurrency and the External Audit Profession ½

Date: November 25, 2019 Code: 1973S

Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 11, 2019

Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5

Competency: Assurance Level: General

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: Blockchain and cryptocurrency are hot topics as technologies and investments. Ethereum, ICOs and proof of concept are amongst the buzz words associated with these topics. The blockchain technology has the potential to be a significant disruptor in terms of how business transactions are initiated, authorized and recorded. A question that has not been explored until recently is how this technology will affect the assurance profession.

A recently published CPA Canada report on blockchain technology has urged assurance professionals to understand the implications of this technology on the profession (https://www.cpacanada.ca/en/business-and-accounting-resources/audit-and- assurance/canadian-auditing-standards-cas/publications/impact-of-blockchain-on-audit).

This training course will make blockchain technology and cryptocurrency understandable and provide practitioners with action steps to help them prepare for this game changing technology.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals interested in understanding how blockchain technology will impact assurance services such as audits and reviews.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • Blockchain and cryptocurrency • Why are blockchain and cryptocurrency is considered “disruptive technology” • How blockchain and cryptocurrency will affect the assurance profession • Tools and resources for the assurance practitioner to prepare for the implementation of these technologies by our clients.

COURSE LEADER: GARTH SHERIFF, CPA, CA, CIA

Compilation Engagements – Review of Section 9200 ½

Date: November 25, 2019 Code: 1926R

Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 11, 2019

Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Ethics - 1

Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The seminar provides an overview of the CPA Handbook – Assurance sections relevant to compilation engagements, with practical examples of different approaches to completing and documenting compilation engagements. In addition, the seminar looks forward to the proposed standards on compilation engagements and the key differences between the proposals and the current standards

In the seminar, scenario-based exercises will assist participants in developing their understanding of the existing standards and common issues, including appropriate disclosures in compiled financial statements, CPA Code of Professional Conduct concepts such as association with false and misleading information and independence, and assessing what documentation is necessary to support a compilation engagement file. The seminar also provides a forum for practitioners to discuss the challenges they have experienced and to share solutions and best practice approaches with each other. Lastly, the seminar looks to the proposed CSRS 4200: Compilation Engagements and the key differences between the proposals and the current standards.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Experienced practitioners, and senior professional staff responsible for reviewing compilation engagements, who would like an overview of the practical issues of completing and documenting compilation engagements.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

• Outline the intent of a compilation engagement and the key differences from assurance engagements • Evaluate the appropriateness of a compilation engagement to meet the needs of clients • Identify the required documentation to meet the requirements of the applicable compilation standards • Contract the existing standards from the proposed new standards for compilation engagements

PREREQUISITES: Participants should be familiar with the CPA Handbook – Assurance sections 9200 and AuG-5, and with preparing compilation engagements. Participants would also benefit from reading the AASB’s exposure draft on CSRS 4200: Compilation Engagements prior to taking the seminar.

COURSE LEADER: TOM GILLESPIE, CPA, CA

Quality Control – Application of CSQC1 ½

Date: December 6, 2019 Code: 1936R

Time: 8:30 am to 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 22, 2019 Estimated CPD Hours: Location: Regina CPA Training Room Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5 Ethics - 1 Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: Under the Canadian Standards for Quality Control (CSQC1) all firms who report on assurance engagements are required to complete annual monitoring. Annual monitoring, which differs for cyclical monitoring and the firms practice inspection, can be performed in-house by the partner or a senior staff member. This workshop has been created to provide sole practitioners and small firms with the opportunity to complete annual monitoring.

During the workshop, practitioners will be reviewing the firm’s quality control documentation as well as completed engagement files. Attendees are required to bring the necessary material to the session, preferably on an electronic device with full access to the required information.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Sole practitioners and partners of small firms who are responsible to complete the firm’s annual quality control monitoring, as well as senior staff who assist the quality control partner in meeting the annual monitoring requirements. The course is designed for sole practitioners and small firms and will not address any requirements when services are provided to publicly accountable entities.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this workshop, participants will have: • Identified all updates required for the firms quality control manual • Identified, at a high level, all upcoming changes in assurance that relate to quality control • Created an annual CPD work plan for all partners and staff • Reviewed a sample of the firm’s completed assurance engagements • Documented the firm’s annual monitoring results • Created an action plan based on annual monitoring findings

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: Practitioners must have access to the following material in class, either in hardcopy or on a laptop. • Most current version of the firms quality control manual • Annual staff sign-offs for confidentiality, independence and performance reviews • A number of finalized assurance engagement files (recommend four per engagement partner of both reviews and/or audits) • Copy of the most current practice inspection report and action plan • Copy of the most current cyclical monitoring report and action plan • Summary of the firms completed or scheduled CPD

PREREQUISITE: Participants should have a good understanding of the requirements under CSQC1 or recent attendance at the seminar Quality Control - Review of CSQC1, (formerly Quality Control Manual for Public Practitioners – Canadian Standards of Quality Control “CSQC1”).

COURSE LEADER: BRIDGET NOONAN, CPA, CA

Review Engagements – Specific Topics 1

Date: November 26, 2019 Code: 1927R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 12, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7 Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450 Date: November 28, 2019 Code: 1927S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 14, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7 Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: The seminar will identify and discuss in detail the common application issues for review engagements under the new CSRE 2400 standard.

The course is not intended to be a comprehensive overview of CSRE 2400, but will build upon content from previous courses on CSRE 2400 by addressing the common documentation issues. Participants will learn how to quickly identify incomplete review engagement documentation, and understand what needs to be done and documented to resolve outstanding issues. The material includes various exercises and examples of review engagement documentation

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners and engagement staff who are conducting review engagements under CSRE 2400.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Identify the common deficiencies in applying CSRE 2400 as noted by the provincial practice inspection programs • Determine the appropriate level of documentation for the understanding the entity and its environment and identifying areas of the financial statements that are likely to be materially misstated • Link the assessed areas of likely material misstatement to appropriate review engagement procedures • Develop and perform appropriate analytical procedures and meet the documentation requirements of the standard • Better document inquiries and discussions with the client by demonstrating professional skepticism • Determine when it may be appropriate to perform additional procedures in accordance with the standard

PREREQUISITES: KNOWLEDGE, EXPERIENCE OR COURSES: • Review Engagements: An Introduction to CSRE 2400, Review Engagements: Practical Application of CSRE 2400 or equivalent knowledge. • An online version of Review Engagements: Overview of CSRE 2400 is available if you require fundamental knowledge of the standard to meet the prerequisites.

COURSE LEADER: TOM GILLESPIE, CPA, CA

TAXATION

Tax compliance and reporting, and tax planning and implementation strategies for both corporate and personal taxpayers, and an understanding of the administrative process in Canadian taxation.

Advanced Tax Planning Strategies 1 Date: October 22, 2019 Code: 1910R Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 8, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Ethics – 1 Competency: Taxation Level: Advanced CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: An in-depth seminar that provides a comprehensive review of various anti-avoidance provisions designed to prevent or discourage aggressive tax planning. Factual scenarios are provided in the materials that address objectives, statutory provisions, case law, results and risk analysis.

Participants will be able to understand and identify the application of various anti-avoidance provisions in ITA; as well as gain a greater understanding of tax planning techniques involving restructuring asset profiles, sale of a business, use of partnerships, and use of trusts.

The seminar is aimed at practitioners with a strong Canadian tax planning background who wish to add value to existing and potential client relationships by giving consideration to potential tax and estate planning opportunities. The course deals with tax planning opportunities arising in the restructuring of asset profiles, the sale of a business, business succession and estate planning, the use of partnerships and the use of trusts. The course also deals with anti-avoidance provisions to be considered by tax practitioners in these planning situations including the general anti-avoidance rule, shareholder benefit provisions, arm’s length relationships, expense deductibility, inadequate consideration, attribution provisions, stop-loss provisions and anti-surplus stripping provisions.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners with a strong Canadian tax planning background who wish to add value to existing and potential client relationships by giving consideration to potential tax and estate planning opportunities.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the seminar, participants will be able to: • Identify and analyze tax risks in a variety of tax and estate planning scenarios • Identify tax planning opportunities for individuals, corporations, trusts and partnerships, particularly within the private corporation sphere • Identify relationships between individuals, corporations, trusts and partnerships and analyze how those relationships affect the tax implications of various transactions • Compare the tax impact of various structures available to achieve a client’s business or estate planning objectives

PREREQUISITE: Participants should have a good knowledge of personal and corporate income tax.

COURSE LEADER: MIKE HARRIS, LLB

Advanced Tax Planning Strategies for Business Succession 1 Date: October 22, 2019 Code: 1963S Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 8, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Advanced CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The seminar is designed to assist experienced tax practitioners in planning for owner-manager / private company business succession. Participants will walk through the various stages of a business life cycle, with a view to identifying opportunities, techniques and tax considerations associated to intra-family and arm’s length succession planning for private enterprises.

Business succession involving closely-held private enterprises can range from an intra-family estate plan to an arm’s length sale of shares. The seminar will provide practical knowledge of the principal business succession considerations with a focus on income tax considerations, although key non-tax issues will also be identified.

The seminar is designed to provide the knowledge and tools necessary to identify, plan and manage business succession considerations for owner-managers of private enterprises through various phases of a business life cycle. The content is practical, while covering the pertinent tax issues in some detail. The seminar will provide a working knowledge of the principal tax and non-tax considerations in formulating and implementing business succession plans, along with detailed written materials for reference.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Accountants in public practice with clients who are owner-managers of private corporations, as well as in-house professionals of private enterprises, especially those facing succession issues.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Identify and categorize an owner manager’s stage in the ‘wealth cycle’ for succession planning purposes • Understand business succession alternatives, including the associated tax and non-tax considerations. • Understand and implement various estate freezing techniques, including the internal vs. external estate freeze, wasting estate freeze and refreezing transactions • Identify instances of post-mortem double-taxation and understand the techniques available to mitigate such instances • Understand the principals that surround valuation, price adjustment clauses and attribution rules, as those concepts relate to estate freeze transactions and succession planning • Identify opportunities to involve the use of family trusts, alter-ego trusts and joint-spousal trusts in estate planning • Understand the potential traps and instances of double-taxation that could arise through intra-family transactions and succession plans • Understand the application of related-party attribution rules and the recently proposed expansion of the tax on split income, or “TOSI” rules • Understand the opportunities and tax implications associated to arm’s length sale of private company shares, including the capital gains exemption (with purification strategies) and capital gains deferral rules • Understand and identify potential application of the anti-surplus stripping rules in sections 84.1 and 55(2) of the Income Tax Act • Implement related-party divisive reorganizations and gain a basic understanding of ‘butterfly’ reorganizations involving unrelated parties • Understand various issues surrounding the taxation of non-compete payments, life insurance proceeds, financing structures and the use of shareholders agreements in succession planning

PREREQUISITE: Participants should have sufficient basic knowledge and experience in the areas of private company tax planning and transactions involving private company shares to benefit from the advanced material in the course.

COURSE LEADER: GREG GARTNER CPA, CA, MBA, LLB, QC

Corporate Restructuring – Fundamentals 1 Date: October 25, 2019 Code: 2909S Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 11, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The full-day seminar highlights the fundamental income tax considerations that arise in corporate reorganizations and includes a discussion of related provisions and key pitfalls to avoid. Extensive examples will illustrate tips and traps to be aware of when initiating a corporate reorganization.

Your or your client’s business and personal situation is constantly changing. The existing business structure may no longer be suitable or ideal if you are seeking tax-efficient alternatives. There are a number of corporate reorganization alternatives that can be implemented under the Income Tax Act. Some of the provisions are complex and often interact with related provisions or anti-avoidance provisions. It is common for the shares and debt of corporates to be transferred between taxpayers and entities to be combined for both tax and non-tax reasons.

The seminar will provide participants with a summary of the tools available to effect these transfers or mergers in a tax efficient manner. The traps and anti-avoidance rules to consider when entering into such transactions will also be considered.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners or financial executives in industry who have some, but not extensive, experience in share/debt reorganizations, consolidations, wind-ups and amalgamations and the GAAR. Participants should take this course if they are involved in corporate reorganizations and want a more in depth understanding of the relevant Canadian income tax provisions to consider.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course a participant will be able to: • Understand the differences between the various share for share and debt for share reorganization provisions, and the tax consequences of each • Understand the Canadian consequences of, and the differences between a windup and a merger • Identify the anti-avoidance rules to consider when effecting a corporate reorganization • Have a basic understanding of the mechanics of and the tax consequences of a tax deferred divisive reorganization.

PREREQUISITE: Participants should be familiar with the ITA.

COURSE LEADER: DALLAS KLECKNER CPA, CGA, JD

Corporate Restructuring – Section 85: Transfer of Property 1 Date: October 21, 2019 Code: 1909R Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 7, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Professional accountants are often engaged by their clients to assist with transactions designed to accomplish objectives such as creditor-proofing, estate planning, corporate restructuring etc. Section 85 of the Income Tax Act is often required so that the client’s objectives can be met in a tax-efficient manner. The provisions of Section 85 are complex and interact with a number of related and anti- avoidance provisions.

The seminar covers selected tax aspects of the transfer of property to a corporation and the use of the section 85 rollover rules. Each module contains specific examples and case examples designed to help participants review relevant tax theory and focus on major tax planning issues that need to be considered, including key anti-avoidance provisions to avoid and filing requirements.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Accountants in public practice or industry who would like to better understand how section 85 works and how to correctly prepare a T2057 election. Participants in this course may also find the Corporate Restructuring - Fundamentals (formerly Corporate Reorganizations) and Advanced Tax Planning Strategies courses beneficial.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course participants will be able to: • Understand the conditions necessary to make a Section 85 election • Understand the property eligible to transfer under Section 85 • Understand the upper and lower limits of an “agreed amount” for the transfer or property • Be able to determine the cost amount of property transferred under Section 85. • Be aware of the relevant anti avoidance rules associated with a transfer of property under Section 85. • Be aware of the deadlines for filing a Section 85 election and related penalties. • Know how to fill out a T2057 election form.

PREREQUISITE: Participants should be familiar with the ITA.

COURSE LEADER: MIKE HARRIS, LLB

Corporate Tax – Compliance and Planning in T2 Preparation 1

Date: January 20, 2020 Code: 1983S Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 6, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Introductory CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: A wide variety of issues are encountered in the preparation of Canadian corporate income tax returns. This course addresses technical and practical issues arising from these diverse issues, to better prepare the participant to prepare and/or review corporate income tax returns. Participants will gain an overall understanding of tax compliance issues, enhancing their ability to prepare complete and accurate tax returns, and to identify and address planning opportunities which arise in the preparation of corporate income tax returns.

The seminar provides participants with a broad overview of income tax issues which can impact taxpayers filing their corporate tax returns. It provides a comprehensive review of income tax compliance and planning issues relevant to the preparation of Canadian corporate income tax returns. The seminar materials provide greater depth of discussion, particularly in more complex areas or areas less frequently encountered in practice. Dependent on class discussion, not all topics in the material may be covered in class but the material is intended as an ongoing reference source.

The course does not address the completion of the tax return forms themselves, as the forms regularly change, and as tax returns are generally prepared in computer software, and not with manual forms.

Tax planning matters are limited to those which can be implemented in the course of preparing the tax returns, and not broader tax planning which is undertaken on a more proactive basis. Participants wishing a more detailed review of corporate tax planning issues may wish to consider attending the Review of Corporate Tax Planning course, or courses focused on specific tax planning issues of interest.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals who want a refresher on corporate tax preparation matters, those who have been away from corporate taxes for some time and want an understanding of the issues which may arise in corporate tax return preparation; or professionals seeking to build on their foundational (pre-certification) knowledge of corporate tax issues.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Identify and evaluate issues impacting corporate income tax filings • Analyze income tax issues for appropriate corporate tax reporting • Assess tax planning alternatives arising in the course of preparing corporate income tax returns

PREREQUISITE: Some experience with corporate tax preparation would be beneficial, but not essential.

COURSE LEADER: HUGH NEILSON, FCPA, FCA, TEP

Corporate Tax – Review of Tax Planning 2

Date: January 21 & 22, 2020 Code: 1984S Registration Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm January 8, 2020 Deadline: Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 14 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $550 Non-member $675

OBJECTIVE: The two-day refresher seminar in corporate tax is designed for those who desire to update and refresh their knowledge in both technical and tax planning issues for corporations. Although the corporation taxation for public and private corporations is reviewed, the primary focus is on the taxation of private companies. The detailed reference materials that cover a broad range of corporate income tax topics are valuable reference material. In addition to the presentation of the material by the seminar leader, participants will work through case studies covering a wide range of corporate tax issues, collaborate with their peers and have an opportunity to share issues that have been impacting their clients.

The course is a “refresher” overview of tax issues relating to corporate tax payers. It is best suited for participants who need to revisit and update their understanding of the corporate tax legislation that may have been forgotten and/or that they may require additional insight as to the application of the legislation.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Individuals involved in corporate tax matters for private corporations that desire to expand or refresh their knowledge of corporate tax.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • Organization of the Tax Act as it relates to corporations • Determination of residency • Various income items and deductions not commonly seen • Calculation of corporate taxes • Common definitions under the Income Tax Act that impact a corporate taxpayer including: o related parties, affiliated parties, and associated corporations • Various sources of income including: o active business income, investment income, specified investment business and personal service businesses • Commonly used corporate reorganization provisions: o The use of the Section 85 rollover, Section 86 capital reorganization, Section 87 amalgamation, and Section 88 wind-up • Section 84.1 and section 55(2) anti avoidance provisions • Corporate Attribution • Loss utilization • Owner manager remuneration planning • Estate planning • Issues for buy sell agreements and purchase and sale of business • Acquisition of control • Debt forgiveness

PREREQUISITE: Corporate Tax – Compliance and Planning in T2 Preparation, or equivalent working experience with the preparation of corporate tax returns and some tax planning experience.

COURSE LEADER: HUGH NEILSON, FCPA, FCA, TEP

Corporate Tax – RDTOH, CDA & Other Tax Accounts ½

Date: November 1, 2019 Code: 2907R Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 18, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: With the addition of the Eligible Dividend regime in 2006, the addition of the eligible RDTOH account in 2019, and changing tax rates for eligible and ineligible dividends, tax planners are confronted with a multitude of tax accounts that need to be considered in conjunction with each other. The seminar will provide a detailed review of the key tax accounts for private corporations and tax planning where multiple tax accounts can either be used or impacted. The seminar also includes a series of mini-cases that demonstrate the issues that need to be evaluated when dealing with these accounts.

Integration is an important part of Canada’s Income tax system for private corporations and the notional tax pools reviewed in this course are an important part of integration. The course will provide a common framework for considering GRIP, the three RDTOH pools, LRIP and CDA with a focus on applying an understanding of these pools to effective tax planning.

WHO SHOULD ATTEND: Anyone involved in tax planning for privately held companies and their shareholders.

LEARNING OUTCOME: By the end of the course, participants will be able to: • Describe the key attributes that need to be considered for the notional tax pools. • Explain how to calculate the balance for GRIP, RDTOH, ERDTOH, NERDTOH, and CDA. • Develop an annual tax plan that makes use of the notional tax pools. • Explain how transactions that impact one pool might impact another.

PREREQUISITE KNOWLEDGE: Participants should be familiar with the existing tax rules in the ITA

COURSE LEADER: John Schappert CPA, CA

Corporate Tax – Section 55: How Safe Are Your Dividends? ½ Date: November 8, 2019 Code: 1932Y Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 25, 2019 Location: Yorkton Holiday Inn Express Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Date: November 15, 2019 Code: 1932L Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 1, 2019 Location Lloydminster Holiday Inn & Suites Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Date: November 22, 2019 Code: 1932SC Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 8, 2019 Location: Swift Current Holiday Inn Express Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Date: November 29, 2019 Code: 1932S Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 15, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Date: December 2, 2019 Code: 1932R Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 18, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The rules in section 55 can convert a tax free inter-corporate dividend to a capital gain. Before April 20, 2015 the anti-avoidance rules in section 55 were rarely considered in private corporate tax planning. After April 20, 2015 practitioners need to consider section 55 on all intercorporate dividends to avoid unexpected tax. The course provides participants with a basic understanding of the application of these rules to private corporations.

The longstanding rules in section 55 of the Income Tax Act were significantly amended in April of 2015, with the result that they apply to many more inter-corporate dividends than previously. In addition, the “exceptions” to avoid of the application of these rules have been severely curtailed. The broad manner in which these rules are written, along with the Canada Revenue Agency’s evolving interpretation of these rules, creates difficulty in understanding how and when to apply them, both in theory and in practice. The course intends to provide a basis for better understanding these rules and their application.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: General practitioners at any level and tax specialists at the start of their career or looking for a refresher on the rules in Section 55. The course deals solely with private corporations and would not be of interest to practitioners whose practice do not include private corporations.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Discuss the purposes of the anti-avoidance rules in section 55 and identify transactions where they might be expected to apply • Identify when the purpose test in section 55 would apply to a dividend • Apply the rules in 55(3) to determine if the exceptions apply to a dividend • Calculate the safe income on hand in various common situations • Identify how much of the safe income on hand is attributed to the types of shares typically issued by private corporations • Discuss the CRA’s position on the application of section 55 to various types of dividends

PREREQUISITE KNOWLEDGE Participants should be familiar with the existing rules in the ITA

COURSE LEADER – FELESKY FLYNN LLP

GST/HST – Real Property 1

Date: October 18, 2019 Code: 1962S Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 4, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: The application of GST/HST to real property transactions can be very complex, particularly when part of the property may include a residential component. Failure to appreciate these complexities, especially rules related to deemed supplies and exemption entitlements can result in significant and unexpected liabilities. The seminar will increase awareness of some of the important GST/HST issues associated with real property transactions.

GST/HST issues associated with real property transactions, including construction or substantial renovation of residential property, sale of real property including contract assignments, joint-ventures and partnerships, issues related to leasehold allowances and expense recoveries, and the special rules applicable to supplies of real property by charities and other public service bodies will be explored in detail. The presentation will be in a lecture format, using examples drawn from CRA rulings, case law and real-life experiences of the presenter and participants. Where appropriate, provincial non- income tax regimes such as speculation and vacancy taxes will be covered. CRA assessing practices and issues regarding self supply rules will be addressed.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Financial professionals who provide advice on, or participate in, purchase, sale or rental of real property.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants should be able to: • Identify key definitions and concepts important to real property transactions, including real property exemptions • Apply the self-supply rules related to construction of new housing, including property flippers • Address and apply tax collection and accounting issues including special rules for JV & partnerships • Identify ITC entitlements (including restrictions) and rebates

PREREQUISITE: Participants should have a good understanding of basic GST/HST rules and the input tax credit system

COURSE LEADER: JEFF HARRISON CPA, CMA

GST/HST – Specific Topics 1

Date: November 22, 2019 Code: 1924R Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 8, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: Failure to be aware of the complexities of the GST and HST can result in lost recovery opportunities, or worse, large tax assessments. Advanced GST/HST topics will be presented to enhance your knowledge about Canada’s value-added-tax. Concepts related to the application and the recovery of GST/HST will be discussed.

Building on the fundamental knowledge of the participants, the course provides overview of more important GST/HST concepts and issues by identifying important areas which are frequent sources of errors/assessments accompanied with relevant everyday examples.

At the end of the day, attendees will have been exposed to an abundant of GST/HST issues. This information will be extremely useful to CPAs, students and for those who work with sales taxes on a daily basis. It is a great overview of topics to reaffirm your knowledge of the GST/HST and receive an update on new and trending issues.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: CPAs and students, from practitioners to accountants in business or industry and other advisors who want to obtain a greater understanding of our value-added-sales tax system in Canada. It will also be beneficial to those who deal with the Goods and Services Tax (GST) and Harmonized Sales Tax (HST) on a daily basis or those who would like a refresher and update of trending issues.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, participants will be able to: • Define and explain numerous terms and phrases used for GST/HST purposes • Explain the importance of understanding the characterization of a supply • Explain the correct recovery treatments for employees reimbursements and other cost recoveries • Identify numerous areas of exposure for the non-collection of tax • Describe common exposures related to taxable imports and exports

PREREQUISITE: The GST/HST Fundamentals course or a working knowledge of the GST and HST rules.

COURSE LEADER: JEFF HARRISON CPA, CMA

Income Tax – 5 Years of Developments 1 Date: January 13, 2020 Code: 1978S Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 2, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: Income tax changes and evolves over time. “Keeping up” is a continuous process. Unfortunately, many people don’t have the time or resources and consequently fall behind. They wonder how they can “catch up” on a few recent years of changes at one time.

The seminar will provide an opportunity for those who haven’t regularly taken tax update seminars to get “caught-up” on notable federal income tax developments over the past five years and find out what they may have missed.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Anyone - whether in public practice, industry, or the public sector - who feels that they have not paid enough attention to recent income tax developments.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will: • Discover how the income tax scene has changed • Distinguish current rules from former rules • Recognize the significance of the changes • Discover the new pitfalls, strategies and opportunities • Identify areas for further study or in-depth instruction

PREREQUISITE: A comprehensive understanding of basic corporate and personal income tax.

NOTE: Previously titled Catching Up – 5 Years of Income Tax Developments

COURSE LEADER: KENT GREAVES, CPA, CA

Income Tax – Assessments, Objections, Voluntary Disclosure & Risk 1

Date: October 29, 2019 Code: 2902R Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 15, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Introductory CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: The full day seminar is designed to help professional advisors reduce their exposure to liability in their tax practices. The seminar focuses on the procedures and processes of practicing in the tax area, highlighting areas where a better job could be done to protect practitioners from liability. In addition, the seminar will include a discussion of technical issues associated with the areas where CPA Professional Liability Plan Inc. claims show the greatest number and dollar value of claims. The seminar will also review the scheme of penalties and interest in the Act, the CRA’s current administration of those provisions, and the use of the Taxpayer Relief provisions to reduce the cost of penalties.

The course is not intended to be a technical review of specific tax legislation but an overview of areas where professionals may encounter risk. It is also beyond the scope of the course to discuss all areas of risk a professional advisor may encounter.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners who want to obtain a better understanding of some of the areas of risk, and to new practitioners who may find the information useful in developing their tax services and to General practitioners and members in industry who are responsible for tax reporting compliance.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to identify areas where they may encounter risk in their tax practice including some suggestion for the management and administration of their practice including: • Management and Administration - areas which tax advisors should exercise caution to reduce their risk of exposure to a lawsuit • Tax Service Responsibility • Dealing with Canada Revenue Agency • Researching Tax Law • Tax Compliance • Malpractice Lawsuit • Risk Areas and “Top 10” Liability Insurance Tax Problems • Interest: corporate taxes; individuals; instalments; GST/HST; payment and instalments; refund interest; and interest offset rules • Penalties – nature and type, including penalties on information returns; income tax; electronic filing; GST/HST; GST/HST wash transactions; gross negligence; payroll, source deductions, and non-resident withholdings; foreign reporting; and third party penalties • Refunds, payments, and filing, including when a refund can be issued; when a refund can be held; offsets; collections; and filing and proof of delivery • Taxpayer relief provisions including objectives; when they apply; how to apply; appealing a request; and due diligence defense • Voluntary disclosures requirements and examples

COURSE LEADER: JOHN AGIORITIS, LL.B., NICHOLAS HORLICK,JD, KURT WINTERMUTE, LL.B., B.Comm. (MLT Aikins LLP)

Income Tax – Everyday Issues for General Practitioners

1 Date: January 14, 2020 Code: 1979S

Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 2, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Ethics – 1 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: CPAs in public practice who assist clients with income tax compliance and plans find that even routine matters can have complexities, alternatives and uncertainties.

The seminar identifies income tax matters frequently encountered by practitioners and demonstrates how the income tax rules apply in everyday situations. Topics are approached as practical issues rather than technical details. General background information is provided to promote an understanding of each issue. Opportunities, problems, suggestions and planning are emphasized. Many participants take this seminar again and again because they find the content very relevant to client situations and because each year there is always something new.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners who have general income tax knowledge and deal with small and medium-sized owner-managed businesses.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Evaluate and characterize sources of income and develop remuneration strategies • Recognize, assess and advise on shareholder benefit and loan problems • Identify best practices for expenses/assets with personal and business elements • Discover newsy and notable recent income tax developments • Analyze ethical considerations related to providing tax services to clients

PREREQUISITE: General corporate and personal income tax knowledge.

COURSE LEADER: KENT GREAVES, CPA, CA

Income Tax – Income Splitting, A New Era ½

Date: January 15, 2020 Code: 1980S Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 2, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Introductory to Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $225 Non-member $275

OBJECTIVE: Families that function as a single economic unit can benefit from tax savings if income can be taxed in the hands of lower-income family members, income splitting. The Income Tax Act contains several measures related to income splitting; and while some are permissive, most are restrictive. The latest of these, the new “tax on split income” (TOSI) rules, became effective in 2018; and their implications are far-reaching. Consequently, many former structures and plans will no longer achieve the intended results and may trigger adverse income tax consequences. Furthermore, some situations may be caught when income splitting was not an objective.

The half-day seminar covers the tax benefits of income splitting, provides a detailed review of relevant income tax legislation, and reviews remaining opportunities to accomplish income splitting. It also covers suggestions and planning to manage, mitigate and restructure with a view to the TOSI rules.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: CPAs — with a basic knowledge of income tax — who advise individuals, professionals or business owners on matters related to income splitting.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of the course, participants will be able to: • Recognize how legislation in the Income Tax Act operates to impede or permit income splitting • Discover implications of recent developments — particularly, TOSI • Identify former planning techniques that no longer achieve intended results • Discover effective strategies and evaluate existing structures and plans • Strategize to deal with situations/structures adversely impacted by recent TOSI developments

PREREQUISITE: General corporate and personal income tax knowledge.

COURSE LEADER: KENT GREAVES, CPA, CA

Income Tax – Partnerships 1

Date: December 3, 2019 Code: 1934R Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 19, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: The seminar will provide an overview of the tax issues specific to partnerships. The requirements for forming a partnership will be discussed, as well as the process for terminating partnerships. The course will cover taxation of partnership income and the calculation of the ACB of a partner’s interest in a partnership, the rules relating to the transfer of property to and from partnerships, and various tax planning options for partnerships. GST rules applicable to partnerships will also be discussed.

The course reviews the manner in which partnerships and their partners are taxed, with reference to the relevant statutory provisions, case law and CRA administrative positions. The course is being offered in order to allow participants to better understand “what” and “why” issues in preparing returns, as well as to allow participants to better advise clients with or considering partnership structures. Accountants who prepare partnership returns or who advise clients that use partnerships will benefit from the material covered in the course.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals that deal with the taxation of partnerships on a regular basis.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Explain tax concepts and rules applicable to partnerships • Analyze the computation of partnership income and partnership ACB • Identify potential planning opportunities or traps for members of partnerships

PREREQUISITE KNOWLEDGE General corporate and personal income tax knowledge.

COURSE LEADER – FELESKY FLYNN LLP

Income Tax – Update 2019 1

Date: October 16, 2019 Code: 1907R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 2, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450 Date: October 17, 2019 Code: 1907S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 3, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450 Date: December 9, 2019 Code: 1907R1 Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 25, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Providing a detailed summary of tax law changes in the past year, the seminar examines current changes and relevant issues in taxation that affect individuals and most businesses in the private sector. Learn how the current levels of personal and corporate tax rates affect and possibly change accepted tax planning techniques. A review of the current integration of personal and corporate tax rates is provided. The proposals from the Federal Budget, as well as other sources of information from the Department of Finance and the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), including news releases, draft legislation, CRA technical interpretations and tax cases, are discussed together with other particular subjects of current relevance and interest. Course coverage will be largely restricted to changes in the last year.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Anyone who needs current information to advise clients, deals with the CRA, and wants to update their existing knowledge of income tax issues to incorporate developments in the past year. As the course focuses only on recent developments, it is best suited for members who take the course annually. Those interested in an update of more than one year consider taking Income Tax – Five Years of Development.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Provide relevant, current tax advice to clients • Prepare personal and corporate tax returns with knowledge of recent developments • Complete tax planning arrangements/positions taking into account current issues • Be confident that they are “up-to-date” with their tax knowledge

PREREQUISITE KNOWLEDGE: At least three years in public practice or industry tax experience.

COURSE LEADER: HUGH NEILSON, FCPA, FCA, TEP

Joint Ventures for Farm/Ag Corporations ½

Date: November 8, 2019 Code: 1933Y Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: October 25, 2019 Location: Yorkton Holiday Inn Express Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Date: November 15, 2019 Code: 1933L Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 1, 2019 Location Lloydminster Holiday Inn & Suites Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Date: November 22, 2019 Code: 1933SC Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 8, 2019 Location: Swift Current Holiday Inn Express Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Date: November 29, 2019 Code: 1933S Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 15, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Date: December 2, 2019 Code: 1933R Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 18, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The half day course focuses on the use of joint ventures in a farming context. The subtle differences between partnerships and joint ventures can often lead to confusion amongst practitioners on how appropriately to deal with the accounting and income tax treatment for each respective structure. This course will provide attendees with a better understanding of the differences between joint ventures and partnerships followed by a series of case studies that will provide a framework of how to effectively implement a joint venture structure from both an income tax and accounting perspective.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners who work with farming clients, or those who deal with joint venture structures on a recurring basis.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • The legal distinction between joint ventures are partnerships, and a discussion of the relevant jurisprudence. • Recent accounting pronouncements regarding joint venture structures. • The relevant legal and income tax considerations in implementing a joint venture structure. • A framework for setting up and accounting for joint venture structures. • Other tax and estate planning opportunities that can be achieved through joint venture structures.

COURSE LEADER: FELESKY FLYNN LLP

Not-For-Profit Organizations – Taxation 1

Date: January 27, 2020 Code: 1923R Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 13, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Introductory to Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450 Date: January 28, 2020 Code: 1923S Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 14, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Introductory to Competency Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The full-day seminar will provide a detailed technical review of the numerous income tax issues faced by registered charities and not-for-profit organizations.

The seminar will address income tax issues specific to organizations carried on for charitable or not- for-profit purposes. Charity and not-for-profit tax rules are substantially different from those applicable to private sector organizations. Without a solid understanding of these rules, organizations may encounter difficulties meeting their tax filing requirements and complying with the numerous rules set out in the Income Tax Act and related jurisprudence and guidance. The courses will also cover specific GST/HST issues that impact registered charities and not-for-profit

The taxation material in this course was previously covered in NFPO and Registered Charities – Accounting and Taxation.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Members in the charities and/or not-for-profit sectors, practitioners who provide advice to registered charities or NFPO entities, and practitioners or board members who are new to charities/NFPO, or who require a refresher.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this course, participants should be able to: • Identify income and excise tax issues and assess related risks associated with the activities carried on by charities and not-profit profits • Comply with the income tax rules as they apply to registered charities and not-for-profit organizations • Utilize planning techniques to minimize the risk of losing tax exempt status • Understand the latest proposed and enacted tax legislation that impact these entities.

COURSE LEADER: DEAN AUSTIN, CPA, CA, M.Acc.

Personal Tax – Compliance & Planning in T1 Preparation 1

Date: October 15, 2019 Code: 1906R Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 1, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Introductory CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: The full-day seminar provides participants with a broad overview of income tax issues which can impact taxpayers filing their personal tax returns. It provides a comprehensive review of income tax compliance and planning issues relevant to the preparation of Canadian personal income tax returns. The seminar materials provide greater depth of discussion, particularly in more complex areas or areas less frequently encountered in practice, and are intended as an ongoing reference source for participants.

The course does not address the completion of the tax return forms themselves, as the forms regularly change, and as tax returns are generally prepared in computer software, and not with manual forms.

The course addresses a wide variety of technical and practical issues to better prepare the participant to prepare and/or review personal income tax returns. Participants will gain an overall understanding of tax compliance issues, enhancing their ability to prepare complete and accurate tax returns, and to identify and address planning opportunities which arise in the preparation of personal income tax returns.

Tax planning matters are limited to those which can be implemented in the course of preparing the tax returns, and not broader tax planning which is undertaken on a more proactive basis. Participants wishing a more detailed review of personal tax planning issues may wish to consider attending the Personal Tax – Review of Tax Planning course, or courses focused on specific tax planning issues of interest

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals who want a refresher on personal tax preparation matters, those who have been away from personal taxes for some time and want an understanding of the issues which may arise in personal tax return preparation; or professionals seeking to build on their foundational (pre-certification) knowledge of personal tax issues.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Identify and evaluate issues impacting personal income tax filings • Analyze income tax issues for appropriate personal tax reporting • Assess tax planning alternatives arising in the course of preparing personal income tax returns

PREREQUISITE: Some experience with personal tax preparation would be beneficial, but not essential.

COURSE LEADER: HUGH NEILSON, FCPA, FCA, TEP

Personal Tax – Review of Tax Planning 2

Date: December 10 & 11, 2019 Code: 1937R Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 27, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 14 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $550 Non-member $675

OBJECTIVE: The two-day refresher seminar in personal tax is designed for those who desire to update and refresh their knowledge in both technical and tax planning issues for individuals, trusts and partnerships. Although the taxation for trust and partnerships is reviewed, the primary focus is on the taxation of individuals. The detailed reference materials covering a broad range of income tax topics, will be an invaluable reference in the future. An overview of the research materials available for use in answering tax related issues will be provided. In addition to the presentation of the material by the seminar leader, participants will work through case studies covering a wide range of personal tax issues, collaborate with their peers and have an opportunity to share issues that have been impacting their clients.

The course is a “refresher” overview of tax issues relating to personal tax payers. It is best suited for participants who work with individual taxpayers who want to revisit and update their understanding of the personal tax legislation that may have forgotten or acquire additional insight as to the application of the legislation.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Individuals who wish to expand or refresh their knowledge in the area of personal tax.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • How to research a tax issue • Determination of residency • Liability for taxes in Canada • Administrative issues • Employment income • Benefits and related deductions • Calculations of the various sources of investments income • Taxation of Capital gains • Capital losses and the impact of the stop loss rules • Allowable Business Investment Losses • Attribution rules • Registered retirement pension plans, • RRSP’s • Individual pension plans • Deferred plans such as TFSA, RESP and RDSP • Rental and farm income • Treatment of shareholder loans • Various deductions from net income such as the capital gains exemption • Calculation of taxes payable, including discussions on tax credits • Taxation of partnerships • Death of a taxpayer • Taxation of family trusts.

PREREQUISITE: Personal Tax - Compliance and Planning in T1 Preparation, or equivalent working experience in preparing personal tax returns and planning for clients.

COURSE LEADER: HUGH NEILSON, FCPA, FCA, TEP

RIP – Estate Planning 1

Date: October 24, 2019 Code: 2908S Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 11, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Advanced CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: The seminar provides a detailed review of important estate planning matters for practitioners who deal with owner-manager or high net worth clients. It includes enhanced estate planning skills for the non- specialist practitioner, an introduction of important tax and estate planning concepts, and useful tips and an up-to-date reference source. Participants will develop a working understanding of how to initiate and undertake effective estate planning for clients. An important area of the seminar is to maintain flexibility in the estate plan while managing estate planning risk.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners who want to identify and address estate planning needs for the owner-manager or high net worth individual.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this course, participants should be able to: • Identify significant issues relating to estate planning and the use of trusts; • Analyze post-mortem planning alternatives in the context of fact-specific scenarios; • Explain the use of life insurance in estate and post-mortem planning; and • Identify U.S. estate tax issues.

PREREQUISITE: Experience in the area of domestic estate planning and a good understanding of the testamentary tax rules.

COURSE LEADER: COURSE LEADER: GREG GARTNER CPA, CA, MBA, LLB, QC

RIP – Terminal Filing 1 Date: October 31, 2019 Code: 2906R Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 17, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: The full-day seminar will provide a detailed technical review of the numerous issues faced when preparing terminal (year-of-death) filings. The focus is return preparation and related planning as it relates to terminal filings. The seminar will include a review of relevant tax issues, engagement management, up-to-date sources of relevant tax research, and an overview of CRA assessing practices.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners who complete individual terminal tax filings and who are interested in understanding related planning strategies.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this course, participants should be able to: • Establish a plan for approaching terminal filing assignments; • Identify and effectively utilize the different types of tax returns that may be filed for a deceased individual; and • Identify and address significant issues relating to year-of-death filings.

PREREQUISITE: Knowledge of personal tax, and experience preparing T1 personal tax returns is recommended.

COURSE LEADER: JOHN SCHAPPERT, CPA, CA

Taxation of Domestic Trusts 1

Date: December 11, 2019 Code: 2912S Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 27, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Advanced CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: The seminar will begin with a review of the basics of domestic trusts and move to more advanced topics later in the day. Participants will review the basic tenants of trust law, the provisions of the Income Tax Act, case law and CRA administrative positions that are fundamental to the taxation of trusts. Detailed examples will be used to illustrate the practical use of trusts in basic planning transactions, including income splitting, maximizing the capital gains deduction and deferring taxes that might arise on death.

Later in the day, more advanced tax issues surrounding family trusts and complex tax planning opportunities will be covered. There will be a focus on tax planning opportunities and tax traps, including planning opportunities. Issues are discussed in both the inter vivos and testamentary trust context. The seminar will offer a comprehensive analysis of the amendments to the Income Tax Act proposed by the Department of Finance in December 2017. Participants will learn how to identify potential issues with any current client structures in place and future client structures being considered and be able to propose solutions.

Participants will benefit from attending if their objective is to move from a compliance-based trusts practice to an advisory-based practice.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Individuals who have a working knowledge of personal income tax rules and whose clients include estates, trusts or high net worth individuals..

LEARNING OUTCOMES: After completing this course, participants will be able to: • Describe the income tax treatment of trusts and their beneficiaries • Identify potential tax risks or tax issues associated with trust structures • Identify tax and estate planning opportunities for clients with trusts or considering a trust • Analyze the computation of trust income • Explain issues and opportunities to clients • Identify instances where additional planning is required to avoid tax traps

NOTE: The seminar will be a compressed version of the Fundamentals and Advanced courses. Therefore, participants must be prepared to cover a lot of material as the instructor will move quickly particularly through the basic material.

COURSE LEADER: FELESKY FLYNN LLP

U. S. Personal Tax – Fundamentals 1

Date: October 30, 2019 Code: 2905R Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 16, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Introductory CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: The course will provide a general understanding of U.S. individual income taxation and Federal filing requirements of U.S. citizens, residents and non-resident aliens of the U.S. Emphasis will be placed on the determination of residency for U.S. tax purposes and the corresponding U.S. taxation implications. Understanding the rules for determining residency is critical to determine who is subject to U.S. federal taxation and the types of income subject to U.S. taxation.

There is also a general overview of, Estate Taxation, U.S. Foreign Reporting, FIRPTA, the U.S.- Canada Income Tax Treaty and how non-resident aliens may recover U.S. tax withheld on U.S. gambling winnings.

State tax issues will be not be covered in detail, and real estate acquisition strategies will NOT be covered.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners who want to gain a basic understanding of U.S. taxation for individuals and an update per The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 to assist with the preparation of basic U.S. tax returns.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Describe the various residency classifications for US federal tax purposes • Explain the residency status tests used for US federal tax purposes • Describe taxation of US citizens and resident and non-resident aliens • Determine which type of US personal income tax return to prepare • Determine when a US estate income tax return and/or gift tax return may be required • Explain the impact of US tax treaties

COURSE LEADER: KEVIN KIRKPATRICK JD, MBA

When a Farm Matters: Capital Gains, Farm Property Rollovers and Estate Planning Issues 1

Date: October 23, 2019 Code: 1964S Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 9, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: The capital gains deduction and farm property “rollover” rules in the Income Tax Act are straightforward in concept, but in practice can be anything but. Changing CRA administrative policy, lack of direction from the Tax Courts and applicable legislation all contribute to the complexity of the area. The course will review the annual technical updates from CRA. In addition to an overview of the technical rules, the course will use real-life, practical examples to demonstrate the “quirks” in the rules and how they might affect your client. By the end of the day, participants should be able to apply their knowledge to the majority of fact patterns that present themselves from transfers and sales of farm property in estate plans and to third parties.

Participants will discuss common farming practices in the crossfire as a result of the small business tax deduction changes and how to avoid the “Grind”, the potential impact of the large corporations tax on the family farm. Looming on the horizon are further changes to the taxation of small business corporations and the potential impact of the proposal on farming will also be discussed.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: General practitioners and tax specialists

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the day, participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • The annual Technical Updates from the CRA • The Capital Gains Deduction in detail. What is this “gross revenue test”? • Capital Gains Deduction vs. Rollovers for Real Property: What are the differences? • Real Property/Eligible Capital Property, Interest in a Family Farm Partnership and shares in Family Farm Corporation. The use of property in different entities. • Charting Your Client: Using flowcharts to steer your decisions. • Review of the critical CRA Technical Interpretations and Tax Court cases • The Small Business Tax Deduction changes; common farming practices in the crossfire • The Large Corporation Tax reduction and the Family Farm; how to avoid the “Grind” • The proposed changes to the taxation of small business corporations and what it means for farming

COURSE LEADER: GREG GARTNER CPA, CA, MBA, LLB, QC

FINANCE AND WEALTH MANAGEMENT

Financial strategy, financial analysis and planning, financial and treasury management, financial decision making, capital budgeting, business valuation and personal financial planning

Behavioral Corporate Finance ½

Date: February 28, 2020 Code: 1956R Time: 8:30 am to 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 14, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Finance and Wealth Management Level: Introductory CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: Behavioral finance is the study of the influence of psychology on the behavior of finance practitioners. In this session, participants will learn about the wide range of decision making biases and information processing errors that influence our financial decision making.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Members in industry and practitioners who want to explore how their decisions can be influenced by psychological biases.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this seminar, participants will be able to:

• Identify the key differences between modern finance theory and behavioral finance theory • Outline the major decision making biases and errors • Explain the impact of overconfidence and optimism on financial decision making • Guard against the narrative fallacy • Understand the impact of “herd” behavior on decision making

COURSE LEADER – CHRIS WYMAN, CPA, CMA, CIA

Cash Cows, Pigs and Jackpots The Simplest Finance Strategy Ever 1

Date: January 30, 2020 Code: 1945R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 16, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Finance and Wealth Management Level: Introductory CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The previously accepted method of building wealth doesn’t work anymore. The truth when it comes to personal finances is simple: People’s quest to secure a comfortable retirement often ends up making them poor and others rich.

The old way to get wealthy was to acquire assets like real estate, stocks and mutual funds, often using debt, and then sit back and let time grow your net worth.

But that strategy is deeply flawed and is sending many people to the poor house. That’s because it ignores the one basic principle that overrides any wealth-building strategy that anyone who is truly rich knows: What we should really be focused on is not getting rich, but plain old cash flow.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Those interested in helping their family, friends and clients focus on what really matters, not building wealth the traditional way, but ensuring cash flow.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: The Cash Cow Strategy. How to employ this simple strategy in your daily life including how to identify your greatest source(s) of cash and make sure it keeps on giving. You'll learn how to employ the strategy for retirement planning purposes including whether to convert your RRSP to a RRIF or an annuity. Does money buy happiness? We’ll delve into the relationship. Does a higher income make you happier? We’ll also look at something anyone can do – changing your spending habits to improve your satisfaction level with your life. Owning versus Renting. You’ll also get assistance making one of the biggest decisions affecting cash flow in most people's life – renting versus owning – using the “House Rent versus Buy Analyzer” spreadsheet. We'll also look at the condominium conundrum, a primer on buying a condo as a first home or rental property and the extreme risks that exist. Mutual Funds. You'll learn how the sellers of mutual funds employ the Cash Cow Strategy to make themselves rich – at your expense. CPP. You’ll learn how to calculate how much CPP pension you will receive, when to elect to start and what rate of return it provides using spreadsheets you will get during the course. We’ll also review the rocky history of the CPPIB, the current CPP plan surplus, the CPPIB investment strategy and new enhancements to the CPP. Inflation. How the CPI index is measured, explanations of inflation, deflation and the real monster – stagflation.

NOTE: For this hands-on workshop, participants are encouraged to bring a laptop to work along during the course on spreadsheets including the “House Rent versus Buy Analyzer,” the "RRIF vs Annuity Calculator", the “CPP Retirement Pension Calculator,” the “CPP Return Calculator” and the “CPP Elect Age Calculator.” All spreadsheets are FREE with the course.

Each attendee will get a FREE copy of David Trahair’s book Cash Cows, Pigs and Jackpots.

COURSE LEADER – DAVID TRAHAIR, CPA, CA

Crushing Debt Everything You Need to Know about Government, Banks and Personal Debt 1

Date: January 29, 2020 Code: 1944R Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 15, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Finance and Wealth Management Level: Introductory CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The world’s finances are in a mess. Massive bailouts have been necessary to save countries including Greece, Ireland and Portugal. Spain and Italy may be next. The U.S. investment banking industry only survived because of a $1 trillion government bailout.

The Bank of Canada has recently increased interest rates because household debt levels are at dangerous levels. Canadians’ household debt-to-income ratio has risen to a record high of 171 per cent. It looks like we are on a slippery slope of debt dependency.

Where is Canada and the rest of the world headed? Can perpetual government deficits continue? How well prepared is our country, our banks and our households?

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Those interested in understanding the implications of debt in order to help their friends, family and clients get ahead in a world addicted to debt.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Human nature and debt. Why people get into debt so easily and what conditions cater to this addiction. What retirement looks like for people who are carrying debt. How we can change our habits. Canada’s financial condition. Canada’s financial position will be compared to other countries including the U.S. to determine the future impact on businesses and individual investors. The stability of our “Big Six” chartered banks. Why did Canada’s banks survive the meltdown of 2008/2009 when hundreds of U.S. banks did not? How does their current financial situation position them for the future? Household debt in Canada today. The rising balance and composition of the debt levels of the average Canadian. How will people cope as interest rates rise and they prepare for retirement? Improving your personal financial situation. How to find out your credit score and how to improve it. How to track your spending to plug the cash drains and pay off debt. The options for people in debt trouble. Debt consolidation loans and non-profit credit counselling agencies. Making a consumer proposal to creditors with the help of a Licensed Insolvency Trustee, and the process and implications of bankruptcy.

Each attendee will receive a FREE copy of David Trahair’s book "Crushing Debt".

COURSE LEADER: DAVID TRAHAIR, CPA, CA

Disruption and Risk: The New World for Financial Managers 1

Date: March 5, 2020 Code: 1989S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 20, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency Finance and Wealth Management Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: The world is changing quickly. You need to keep ahead of the curve. This seminar looks at contemporary issues of vital interest to financial managers. What should you do to prepare? This fast-paced seminar (lecture and interactive group work) covers the disruptive ideas that will affect the business world over the next decade. You will leave with some concrete ideas about what you can do and what your organization should do differently.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Senior financial managers, including controllers and CFOs, who want to help their organization survive and prosper, as well as accountants and consultants who advise clients.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a strong understanding of: • Disruption, cycles and uncertainty: the new world of finance • Facts and fake news • Cryptocurrencies, bitcoin and Blockchain centralized ledgers • Errors in risk management: why the math doesn’t work • What the financial manager needs to know about behavioural finance • Network effects and AI • Shared value, social responsibility, and the future of capitalism

COURSE LEADER: JEFFREY SHERMAN, FCPA, FCA, MBA, CIM

Due Diligence for Acquisitions 1 Date: March 3, 2020 Code: 1957R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 18, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Finance and Wealth Management Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The seminar focuses on the core part of a mergers and acquisitions (M&A) project: how to plan, evaluate, analyze and then synthesize the information accumulated. The due diligence process has multiple objectives: deciding whether to proceed, providing a basis for pricing the transaction, and preparing for life after the deal is consummated. Participants will deepen their understanding of M&A transactions, understand strategic objectives of a due diligence review, plan an acquisition, develop valuation and pricing recommendations, understand critical issues in confidentiality agreements and identify key issues in a prospective acquisition.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Financial managers and accountants who have experience in M&A and would like fresh perspectives, those undertaking due diligence for the first time, and those on the receiving end of a due diligence review.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Identify and execute the components of the due diligence process • Evaluate financial data and apply financial review procedures • Describe non-financial due diligence areas of consideration (HR, IT, etc.) • Identify common lessons learned and tips and traps in the due diligence process

PREREQUISITES: Post-secondary level course in finance or equivalent knowledge or a basic understanding of, or experience in, mergers & acquisitions

COURSE LEADER: JEFFREY SHERMAN, FCPA, FCA, MBA, CIM

Financing Strategies 1

Date: January 21, 2020 Code: 1941R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 7, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Finance and Wealth Management Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The seminar provides an in-depth review of the various forms of financing to fund capital projects, or acquisitions or to restructure an existing capital structure. The seminar will dive into the practical details of what capital providers are seeking, issues that arise, and how companies should prepare themselves to execute a financing transaction. Through real-life examples, identifying common pitfalls, highlighting key elements and case studies, the seminar will put financial executives in a better position to seek and negotiate with capital providers.

Participants will gain a sense of financing process, terms, and risk associated with multiple types of capital, including term debt and operating lines of credit, asset-based loans, mezzanine finance, private equity, venture capital, public equity markets, and government finance programs. Upon completion, participants should be armed with the tools to either engage in a direct dialogue with various financiers, or better interact with an intermediary / agent working on their behalf.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Controllers, chief financial officers, chief executive officers and other financial executives who provide input into, or take the lead, in undertaking a financing transaction within their own enterprises

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Compare key debt terms against a term sheet • Differentiate between asset-based lending and cash flow-based lending and the pros and cons of each • Utilize a leveraged buyout framework to infer a suitable return profile for mezzanine financiers and private equity investors • Compare and contrast the costs and benefits of different types of public capital with private capital for different stages in a company lifecycle

PREREQUISITE: Participants should have a basic understanding of, or experience in, financing transactions.

COURSE LEADER: HOWIE KROON, CPA, CA

Mergers & Acquisitions The What, The Why, The How 1

Date: November 22, 2019 Code: 1971S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 8, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency Finance and Wealth Management Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member $450

OBJECTIVE: Mergers and acquisitions (M&A) have exploded over the past twenty years. The increase will likely continue with M & A becoming common practice. A recent Financial Post article pointed out that in the next ten years 75% of baby-boomers that own businesses will be retiring and very few have plans for succession in place. In addition, announcements for new M & A transactions are being made almost daily in financial newspapers and other sources of business news. These announcements include not only multibillion-dollar transactions but also involve medium and small transactions. As a result of this growing activity, CPA's in industry and public practice are being asked to consult, lead and deliver on these transactions.

The course draws on experience on both sides and with all aspects of M &A, planning, implementation and receiving and draws upon significant research, using sources from around the globe, that is the basis of the book, The What, The Why, The How - Mergers and Acquisitions. The motivation for the book was the significant gap between those formulating the strategy and negotiating the deals and those tasked with the actual implementation. The gap was often due to lack of communication and knowledge related to the risks and complexities of these transactions. The course breaks down the gap and provides an understanding of M & A transactions from both perspectives. Motivations and potential benefits along with the mechanics of how to complete a transaction and the risks involved are covered.

In addition, the book and the course are designed to provide not only an understanding of the basic mechanics of these transactions but also delves into the important issues; Strategic and Operational Planning, Leadership, Organizational Culture, Enterprise Risk and Finance along with other related topics. Through lecture and discussion, the course will provide the participant with a broad understanding of all the issues and give them the knowledge to ask the right questions to ensure good decisions are made before, during, and after one of these transactions occur. Each participant will receive a workbook and a copy of the book which has additional detail and information to explore the topic more fully.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: CPAs in industry and public practice impacted by mergers & acquisitions.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will leave with a stronger understanding of: The What: • Introduction & Historical Perspective • Recent Trends • Basics of Mergers & Acquisitions The Why: • Motives (Strategy) The How: • Why Mergers & Acquisitions Fail • Roadmap for Successful Transaction

COURSE LEADER: KERRY GRAY, CPA, CMA

Powerful Financial Analysis 1

Date: February 20, 2020 Code: 1950R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 6, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Finance and Wealth Management Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Does part of your role or those you supervise involve financial analysis? In today's fast-paced corporate world, financial analysis can mean many things. Powerful Financial Analysis will cover the key facets of a financial analyst's role within an accounting department and help analysts further their career by providing meaningful information to those around them.

Topics covered include month-end, quarter-end, and year-end analysis, budget analysis variance analysis, and overall financial statement analysis. Analysts will also learn about the type of information that their internal clients need and how to provide this information effectively to the people they support, which is ultimately what helps them advance their own careers. This seminar is intended for accountants working within companies rather than public practitioners.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Financial professionals working as analysts within an accounting department or a business unit and who are responsible for reviewing cost center, monthly, budget and other variance reports.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a deeper understanding of the following: • What is financial analysis? • Role of financial analysis in the finance function • Month-end analysis • Quarter-end analysis and Year-end analysis • Budget analysis • Cost analysis • Ratio analysis • Overall financial statement analysis • Altman's Z-score

NOTE: In this highly interactive workshop, participants will deal with exercises to learn through doing. It is highly recommended that participants bring a calculator with them to obtain maximum benefit.

COURSE LEADER: KARINE BENZACAR, FCPA, FCMA, CPA (Del), MBA

Taking Financial Statement & Ratio Analysis to the Next Level 1 Date: February 19, 2020 Code: 1949R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 5, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Finance and Wealth Management Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Most financial professionals have been exposed to ratio analysis but very few are familiar with how ratios are used by external users of financial statements, such as bankers and stock analysts. This seminar focuses on how to analyze financial statements, focusing particularly on financial statement ratios and some of the reports that popular systems, such as Bloomberg reports, generate for external users of financial statements. The course is oriented to financial professionals who already have an understanding of ratio analysis but would like to take their understanding to the next level.

It is a well-known fact that accountants and financial professionals within an organization are more effective if they prepare and analyze their statements in the same way that external users will so that they can most effectively position their results to the external users.

By having a better understanding of the financial analysis techniques used by shareholders, bankers, and other financial statement users will be able to analyze statements, business executives can present their financial results more successfully.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Accountants and non-accountants who want to understand how other users of financial statements evaluate to be more effective in presenting financial results. This course is generally attended by those at the early to middle stages of their accounting careers who want to progress upward.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a deeper understanding of: • Financial Statement Analysis ▪ Horizontal Analysis ▪ Vertical Analysis ▪ Ratio Analysis • Liquidity analysis • Profitability analysis • Efficiency analysis • Leverage analysis • Overview of software tools available for analysts • Industry ratio sources • Review Bloomberg outputs • Mathematical predictors of bankruptcy

NOTE: In this hands-on, interactive workshop, participants will analyze real company financial statements and should bring a calculator with them. The seminar is an effective introduction for a more advanced course on financial statement analysis.

COURSE LEADER: KARINE BENZACAR, FCPA, FCMA, CPA (Del), MBA

The Procrastinator’s Guide to Retirement How You Can Retire in 10 Years or Less 1

Date: January 31, 2020 Code: 1946R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 17, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Finance and Wealth Management Level: Introductory CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Let’s face it, planning and saving for retirement is not easy. We are told that the earlier we start the better, and that the “magic of compounding” will make our dreams come true.

But for most people it’s simply not possible. In our twenties through our forties, we are busy paying for our housing, our cars, our kids and all the other costs of living. Out of necessity many of us become procrastinators when it comes to saving for retirement.

But there is hope. This course will take you step-by-step through planning and saving for retirement starting later in life, as late as in your fifties, and the best way to fund your retirement years. It is an easy-to-follow plan for retirement that can be done in ten years or less. And don't worry if you are younger, as all the concepts will still be useful to you.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: People approaching retirement who are starting late and want to ensure it is comfortable and stress- free, as well as those who are planning ahead

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Tracking your spending. The key step to retirement planning that most people don’t do. Learn how to do it easily, automatically and for free. Optimize your retirement savings and drawdown strategy. Receive and work with a free easy-to- use Excel spreadsheet called “The Procrastinator’s Number Cruncher” to optimize the use of excess cash (RRSP, TFSA or pay down the mortgage, etc.), and maximize your retirement income. Make the decision about investing in RRSPs versus paying down debt with another free calculator. Your pre- and post-retirement investment strategy – what products are best now and later? Why is exposure to equities during the drawdown phase so dangerous? Retirement funding options. Your CPP and OAS pensions – what age to start, how they calculate how much you will get. Your home as a source of funds – the risks of reverse mortgages and other better options. RRIF versus annuity. How RRIFs and annuities work, the advantages and disadvantages of each, a suggested strategy and current annuity rates. Old age healthcare planning. What the government covers and what it does not, the extreme dangers of travel insurance and how to protect yourself. Long-term care facility options. Other. Death, taxes and inheritance – the basics of how to reduce the final tax and probate fee bills – you will also get a simple spread sheet called the "Estate Planning Record Keeper" to help make the transfer efficient. Your credit card strategy – how to select travel reward and cash back cards to optimize your benefits. Divorce – the basics from a financial perspective.

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS/NOTES: For this hands-on workshop, participants are encouraged to bring a laptop to work throughout the program on spreadsheets including the “Procrastinator’s Number Cruncher, “Estate Planning Record Keeper", "RRSP Needed for Mortgage," and the "RRSP vs Pay Down Debt" calculators. All spreadsheets are FREE with the course.

Each attendee will get a FREE copy of David Trahair’s book The Procrastinator’s Guide to Retirement.

COURSE LEADER – DAVID TRAHAIR, CPA, CA

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

The identification and evaluation of management information needs and the role and use of information technology in the development, implementation and evaluation of an entity’s strategic and operational goals and objectives.

Advanced Excel 1

Date: February 11, 2020 Code: 1948R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 28, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Information Technology Level: Advanced CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: If you are an experienced Excel user seeking to elevate your skills, join the K2 team for K2’s Advanced Excel. In this laptop-friendly program, you will learn critical advanced Excel skills in six key areas:

1) collaborating with other users and securing workbooks 2) using tables to analyze and report data 3) integrating and manipulating data from external sources 4) creating and auditing complex formulas 5) advanced data analysis tools 6) visualization techniques to analyze and communicate information.

The content of the course draws from over twenty-five years of experience in delivering Excel training to accountants and other business professionals and throughout the program, relevant, real-world examples reinforce the major topics presented. You do not want to miss this opportunity to become more efficient and proficient in Microsoft Office Excel, the accounting and financial professional’s tool of choice. This course covers advanced Excel topics found in Excel 2010 through Excel 2016.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Business professionals who work with Excel 2010 or newer and want to extend their knowledge with advanced features and functions. The program focuses on Excel for Windows, but many of the features can be found in Excel for Mac.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing this course, you should be able to: • Identify and implement the best techniques to secure sensitive information in Excel workbooks and collaborate with other users to improve accuracy and efficiency • Create tables and take advantage of their advanced features, such as dynamic data ranges, structured reference formulas, and the ability to relate multiple tables together into a Data Model • Import and link data into Excel from external sources – including text, Access, and SQL Server – and use advanced tools, such as Power Query and various cleanup tools to manipulate the data to meet specific needs • Use advanced functions, such as SUMPRODUCT, VLOOKUP, HLOOKUP, MATCH, INDEX, NETWORKDAYS, RAND, RANDBETWEEN, NPV, IRR, XNPV, and XIRR to create and audit complex formulas • Analyze worksheet data using techniques such as Data Tables, Subtotals, Slicers, Filters, and PivotTables • Describe techniques used to create, manipulate, and customize charts for analyzing and communicating information

PREREQUISITES: Experienced Excel user

COURSE LEADER: WARD BLATCH, CPA, CA, MCSA

Advanced Googling for Accountants 1

Date: March 17, 2020 Code: 1996S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: March 3, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Information Technology Level: Introductory CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The course provides a concise overview of how accountants can instantly and dramatically improve their Google search skills. Discover how to use the search service to spot opportunities and threats in your enterprise landscape earlier and faster. You'll walk away with scores of practical discovery lessons that can be immediately applied, deliver instant results and serve you forever in both your professional and personal life.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners who want to take their online discovery skills to the next level and search Google smarter and faster.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, participants should be able to: • Transform Google into your backup brain, robot assistant and ambient sidekick • Compose advanced search queries that generate more relevant results • Discover literally 10x more information that’s hiding in plain sight on the Google search results page • Improve your research tactics as a trusted business advisor • Interpret search results related to accounting in their proper context

PREREQUISITE: Participants should have a basic understanding of Internet technology and online productivity tools

COURSE LEADER: GARRETT WASNY, MA, CMC, CITP/FIBP

Automation Survival Guide for Accountants ½

Date: March 19, 2020 Code: 1998S Time: 8:30 am to 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: March 5, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Information Technology Level: Introductory CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The course provides a concise overview of how accountants can future proof their careers and operations in this dynamic digital age. A torrent of emerging technologies including artificial intelligence, blockchain, robotic process automation, data analytics and other applications is overhauling the profession to its core. The course highlights how CPAs can thrive in the new environment by enthusiastically embracing change, diversifying their skill set, and developing new analytical superpowers.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners who want to use automation technologies to free themselves from mundane accounting work and transform themselves into forward-thinking analysts and decision-makers.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, participants should be able to: • Describe the emerging automation technologies that are transforming the global business landscape and accounting domain • Identify trending skills essential for practitioners • Explain how to develop and implement an automation success strategy

PREREQUISITE: Participants should have a basic understanding of Internet technology and online productivity tools.

COURSE LEADER: GARRETT WASNY, MA, CMC, CITP/FIBP

Cloud Computing 1

Date: February 12, 2020 Code: 1985S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 29, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Information Technology Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The Future is Here! “Cloud Computing.” You’ve heard the term, but what does it really mean and how does it impact you both personally and professionally? In this seminar, you will learn the fundamentals of Cloud computing, including what Cloud computing really is and what it is not. More importantly, you will learn necessary skills to determine if Cloud computing might be right for your organization or for your clients. Additionally, during the seminar you will learn how to migrate to Cloud-based solutions and how to avoid the major pitfalls along the way.

Throughout this program, leading solutions from organizations such as Microsoft, Google, Zoho, Thomson Reuters, CCH, Intuit, Acumatica, Sage, Salesforce.com, Wave, XCM Solutions, Bill.com, Amazon, Xero, and many others will be reviewed to help you understand the opportunities that exist today to move your organization forward and begin increasing the return on your investment in technology. A special focus of this seminar is the impact that Cloud computing has on the accounting profession, regardless of whether you work in public accounting, industry, or for governmental, educational, or not-for-profit institutions. Don’t miss this chance to learn about Cloud computing and the potential for you to improve information services within your organization while improving efficiency and driving down costs!

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Accountants and other business professionals who want to learn more about the potential benefits and risks associated with Cloud computing

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing the course, participants should be able to: • Define “Cloud computing” and distinguish between various Cloud computing services • Determine if Cloud computing is right for your organization • Identify the major Cloud computing vendors and the key solutions provided by each of these vendors • Create a road map for selecting a Cloud-based solution and migrating to it • Recognize the potential pitfalls associated with Cloud-based solutions – such as security and data availability – and identifying means of avoiding these hazards • Establish an appropriate strategy for storing data in the Cloud

PREREQUISITE: Fundamental knowledge of computer operations

COURSE LEADER: WARD BLATCH, CPA, CA, MCSA

Excel Best Practices 1

Date: February 13, 2020 Code: 1986S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 30, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Information Technology Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: As spreadsheets continue to evolve, so too must your practices for creating, editing, and auditing them. In the seminar, you will gain an in-depth understanding of the best ways to work with Excel by learning best practices associated with Excel spreadsheets in each of the following areas: creating and editing Excel workbooks, securing Excel workbooks, collaborating with others in Excel, and reporting on data contained in Excel.

Today’s best practices for Excel differ significantly from those used in the past. Learn the best ways to work with Excel spreadsheets in this “must see” course. Course materials include relevant examples to enhance your learning experience. Participate to ensure that you utilize Excel to its fullest potential.

The course covers features found in Excel versions 2010 and newer.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Excel users who want to learn best practices for working with spreadsheets. The focus of this session is on Excel for Windows; however, many of the Excel features discussed are also available in Excel for Mac.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing this course, participants should be able to: • List critical spreadsheet design fundamentals • Identify techniques used to minimize data input errors • Utilize Excel’s Table feature as a foundational component of spreadsheets • Identify and implement three different techniques for consolidating data • Utilize various Excel features, such as Go To Special to solve specific spreadsheet issues • List and apply four techniques for sharing an Excel workbook and collaborating with others • Implement various techniques for auditing and error-checking Excel workbooks, including Trace Precedents, Trace Dependents, and Formula Auditing • Identify the advantages of working with Defined Names in Excel • List and apply six techniques for securing Excel data

PREREQUISITE: Fundamental knowledge of Microsoft Office Excel 2010 or newer

NOTES: This course will be taught in Excel for office 365 with reference to the differences to Excel 2013 and 2010. The program focuses on Excel for Windows and we encourage you to bring your windows laptop equipped with Excel 2010 or newer to follow along with the instructor.

COURSE LEADER: WARD BLATCH, CPA, CA, MCSA

How Technology is Impacting the Accounting Profession 1

Date: March 18, 2020 Code: 1997S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: March 4, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Information Technology Level: Introductory CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The course provides a concise overview of the leading economic and technology forces reshaping the accounting profession and the leading tools practitioners are using to thrive in the face of rapid and seismic change. Discover how accountants—once largely enterprise passengers and navigators — are elevating their role using cyber tools and becoming pilots of global business. You'll walk away with a simple yet effective game-plan to keep up with exploding digital transformation and translate technology ambitions into practical reality.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners who want to “tech up” and explore a swirl of innovation, strategy and data opportunities in today's digital world.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, participants should be able to: • Examine the impact of SMAC (social, mobile, analytics and cloud computing) technologies on accountants • Explore the major shift in accounting away from historical reporting and compliance functions towards more forward-thinking and value-added services • Review a new generation of web-based accounting business models that are driving innovation and redefining the roles of practitioners

COURSE LEADER: GARRETT WASNY, MA, CMC, CITP/FIBP

Paperless Office 1

Date: February 10, 2020 Code: 1947R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: January 27, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Information Technology Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Would you like to find important documents in 10 seconds or less? Would you like to ensure that all your digital information is safe and secure? Would you like to improve efficiency in workflow? Of course you would, and with a little planning and guidance, you will be on your way to realizing these and other benefits associated with a paperless office. No one expects a completely “paperless” office, but reducing the amount of paper we shuffle can lead to tremendous rewards and in this course, you will learn best practices and proven processes for effective document management.

By participating in the course, you will learn how you can implement simple, inexpensive document management systems at an individual, work group, or small business level. You will also learn how you can implement more sophisticated and comprehensive document management systems – complete with automated workflow processing – that would be appropriate for larger offices and organizations. Your instructor will guide you through issues such as digitizing hard copy files, exporting and importing data from specialized applications into a document management system, key hardware and software considerations, and the policies necessary to facilitate a successful office. Upon completing this course, you will have a comprehensive understanding of your options and a clear direction of how to implement your own version of the Paperless Office.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Accountants and other business professionals who are seeking to improve document management processes in their organizations

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing the course, participants should be able to: • Define key paperless terms such as Document Management, Records Management, & Business Process Management • Estimate the Return on Investment of moving to a paperless environment • Create a Records Retention Policy appropriate for your organization • Identify the three components of a successful document management initiative • List key characteristics of Electronic File Cabinet solutions and Document Management solutions and typical costs associated with these systems. • Identify key hardware and software requirements for successful document management, including scanners, storage, memory, operating systems, and network considerations • Describe key data backup, disaster recovery, and business continuity issues and identify key vendors in this area and the solutions they offer

PREREQUISITES: Fundamental knowledge of computer operations

COURSE LEADER: WARD BLATCH, CPA, CA, MCSA

Robotic Process Automation (RPA) for Accountants ½

Date: March 19, 2020 Code: 1996S Time: 1:00 pm to 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: March 5, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Information Technology Level: Introductory CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The course provides a concise overview of robotic process automation (RPA) -- technologies that conduct high-volume, repeatable tasks that previously required humans to perform. These "bots" can automatically log into applications, enter data, do calculations, complete tasks, make decisions based on predefined parameters, and log out. While still evolving, RPA applications have the potential to automate many accounting functions, transform business processes, and accelerate financial workflows.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners who want a basic, non-technical understanding of RPA applications and how to start taking advantage of the technology.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, participants will: • Discover the RPA fundamentals • Understand how RPA technology is disrupting many of the core functions of the accounting profession • Learn the potential of RPA applications to boost the relevance, value, and revenue of accountants

PREREQUISITE: Participants should have a basic understanding of Internet technology and online productivity tools.

COURSE LEADER: GARRETT WASNY, MA, CMC, CITP/FIBP

PROFESSIONAL SKILLS

The development of the essential professional skills for ethical behaviour, decision making, problem solving, communication, teamwork and leadership including topics such as time management, negotiation and career planning.

Authentic Leadership: Stand in the Fire! (without getting “fried or fired”) 1

Date: November 5, 2019 Code: 1913R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 22, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Are you willing to “stand in the fire” and fully develop the qualities of the most compelling leaders? This program is an opportunity to develop emotional courage and leadership presence in a whole new way. Leadership requires that you put yourself out there and risk criticism and even failure. This seminar will cajole and provoke you to take a harder look at what you do each day and uncover a deeper commitment to what matters. Leadership is a privilege and you can make a massive difference to the people you lead and have a lasting impact on your team and organization.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Everyone, whether you are a senior leader, manager, team member or consultant in government, non-profit, industry or public practice. This topic will be of particular interest if you as a leader have been charged with changing the culture, building engagement, creating a psychological safe place, and leading innovation and change.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will leave the course: • Knowing more about their own authentic leadership and how to uncover their personal WHY. • Knowing what it means to lead with purpose, find more meaning, be more open, transparent and build impeccable trust and respect. • With the tools to develop the best relationships with more sway and influence. • Primed to have more fun and make time count!

COURSE LEADER: TAMMY ROBERTSON, MA

Becoming a Skilled Negotiator ½

Date: March 16, 2020 Code: 1960R Time: 1:00 pm to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: March 2, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The basis for successful business relationships has long been the product of negotiation rather than power. To achieve personal business objectives, it is necessary to be able to win support from colleagues and clients and to negotiate effective outcomes.

The aim of this one day interactive course is to enable finance professionals to reach mutually agreeable internal business solutions by thinking and acting for the long term success of negotiated outcomes.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Anyone interested in developing or improving their negotiation skills.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • The benefits of a win-win approach • Establishing outcomes and the path to reach them • Positions, interests and understanding your options • Comprehensively establishing desired outcomes • The dynamics of resources • Negotiating with the right people - decision makers, influencers and gatekeepers • Identifying the stakeholders and their respective interests • Mapping interests • The hallmarks of a successful negotiator • Setting the scene – planning • Using interpersonal skills and effective questioning • Handling anger • Managing counter-proposals • Identifying your values and those of others involved

COURSE LEADER: LISA DORIAN, CPA, CA, CPA (Illinois), CIA, CRMA

Be the Mentor You Wish You Had Create and Support a Learning Environment 1

Date: November 6, 2019 Code: 1914R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 23, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: If you have ever, at any point, said, “I wish I knew what to do here”, or “I really need someone in my corner who could help”, then you understand how a mentor/coach could have made all the difference.

Discover how you can inspire and support others to reach their full potential by combining powerful coaching skills with new lessons from the emerging field of positive psychology and applied neuroscience. If you want to know more about the growing trend toward coaching and are motivated to develop your own coach-like skills and make a positive difference, this seminar will give you the tools to help others maximize their gifts and talents.

You will receive tools to be an effective and inspiring mentor, including how to get started, a powerful framework for your meetings and conversations, and how to start and end each meeting. Some of the ideas discussed include, building trust, getting to know the goals and values of others, using powerful questions, saying less and listening more, providing acknowledgment and the value of challenge and non-judgment to create deep and lasting learning.

You will feel more confident and comfortable in a mentoring or coaching role, no matter what level you are at in your current organization. And you can use these tools for yourself to know your own values and goals, and to reflect and learn fast!

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Everyone, whether you are a senior leader, manager, team member or consultant in government, non- profit, industry or public practice. This topic will be of particular interest if you as a leader have been charged with creating a growth mindset culture, bolstering learning, igniting more ownership and engagement and retaining good people.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will: • Learn how to be a challenging and inspiring mentor and have a lasting positive impact. • Leave with renewed excitement and enthusiasm for leadership and a new way to make time count. • Be able to develop a mentoring blueprint that can be passed on to others and create ripples of positive change. • Learn how to build confidence in yourself and others and the amazing power of believing in someone.

COURSE LEADER: TAMMY ROBERTSON, MA

Beyond Crazy, Busy, Nuts It’s Time for a REAL Life! 1

Date: November 4, 2019 Code: 1912R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 21, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Are you beginning to question your competence and capacity, and maybe even your sanity as you press ahead? “Crazy, busy, nuts” doesn’t have to describe a typical day. Is it time to stand back and ask a few questions about your approach to life and work? Do you crave a chill day? Do you want more peace, ease and real fulfilment? This program will provide fresh insights, new strategies and real inspiration to recover your time and your life. Maybe it is time to slow down, get a grip, tune in and have faith!

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Everyone, whether you are a senior leader, manager, team member or consultant in government, non- profit, industry or public practice.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will: • Leave with renewed energy and a fresh perspective on life that will help decrease the burden of stress and guilt and more excited about life. • Revisit important goals and values and recommit to living your best life. • Acquire some practical and down-to-earth methods of balancing all the demands. • Leave with new daily practices to help stay present, focused, positive, calm and connected.

COURSE LEADER: TAMMY ROBERTSON

Beyond Traditional Budgeting 1 Date: February 27, 2020 Code: 1955R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 13, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: In the full day seminar the flaws that exist with the traditional budgeting process are considered and an alternative to process is explored. The knowledge of the budgeting tools contained within the concept of Beyond Budgeting will provide the ability for participants to establish a new budgeting process that will provide the greatest value to their organization. To achieve this objective the following will be covered in the seminar: • Adjust the focus of the finance function from purely controlling to value creation. • Align budgeting with strategy development. • Reduce the cost and time of the budgeting process. • Consider tools to use in place of traditional budgeting tools. • Advice on how to implement a new approach to planning and performance management. • Alternative approaches to capital investment management. • Performance evaluations and reward systems relevant to a new budgeting and performance approach.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: • Individuals involved in developing budgets and forecasting. • Individuals interested in alternative approaches to improve the value creation and strategic impact of the budget process. • Any manager responsible for delivering organizational objectives and targets. • All managers responsible for preparing and controlling departmental budgets. • Decision makers with the ability to change the budgeting process.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this workshop, participants will be able to: • Discuss the problems with the traditional budgeting process. • Understand the 12 principles of beyond budgeting. • Determine how each of the management processes can be implemented into a new budgeting process

PREREQUISITE: A basic understanding of the budgeting process.

COURSE LEADER: CHRIS WYMAN, CPA, CMA, CIA

Bridging the Generational Gap ½

Date: November 25, 2019 Code: 1972S Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 11, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The workshop is designed specifically for accounting and finance professionals to explore the perceptions of the generational differences between: • The Baby Boomers • Generation X • Millennials • Generation Z We will use current research will be used to identify potential areas of misconceptions between generations and implement tools to increase understanding and communication across our diverse generational team members. The tools discussed can improve creative problem solving, conflict management and motivation within a generationally diverse team or organization.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals who are looking to improve their communication within a generationally diverse team or organization.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • The different generational categories within the workplace • Understanding the major events and influences for each generation • Understanding common misperceptions among each generation • Using current research models to identify the root causes of conflicts within a generationally diverse team or organization. • Applying specific tools to increase our understanding and communication across our diverse generational team members

COURSE LEADER: GARTH SHERIFF, CPA, CA, CIA

Bringing Your Data to Life ½

Date: March 12, 2020 Code: 1994S Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 27, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: Introductory CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: In the half day workshop participants will learn how to tell a story with data and how to combine data, language and visuals for more compelling and effective business communication.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Anyone responsible for performing data analysis and/or presenting data to senior management, boards of directors or external stakeholders.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this course the participant should be able to use the simple graph and charting tools in Excel to present data in a visually compelling and easy to understand way.

PREREQUISITE: Some experience with Excel

COURSE LEADER: SCOTT POWELL, CPA, CA

Building and Managing Relationships 1

Date: November 19, 2019 Code: 1921R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 5, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Business is to a great extent about people. The quality of your working relationships has an enormous impact on your effectiveness, productivity, and job satisfaction. Are the people around your supporting your efforts and success? Are they opening doors for you? Eo they welcome your input and encourage your development? Or are they disinterested, indifferent, guarded, defensive, or even hostile toward you?

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Anyone who would like to build strong, healthy, functional, loyal, working relationships?

LEARNING OUTCOMES: In this seminar, participants will learn about: • Creating the right network • Moving from transactional to relational and form networking to net weaving • Building and managing strong, healthy, loyal working relationships • Leveraging your personal strengths • Understanding others: their needs, expectations, objectives, and stress points • Adding value: mapping and managing your “relationship blunders” • The Power of emotional intelligence and avoiding common relationship blunders • Identifying clear goals and metrics for your key relationships

COURSE LEADER: JOEL SHAPIRO, PH.D.

Change Management Essentials ½

Date: March 10, 2020 Code: 1992S Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: February 25, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: Change is an unavoidable part of doing business in today’s world and when managed well, can have a very positive impact on performance.

In many organizations, especially those in the growth stage, there are often several types of change happening simultaneously. The half-day workshop will equip leaders with the skills they need to manage the change process effectively.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Anyone who is responsible for managing change initiatives within their organization.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this course the participant should be able to: • Understand the different types of organizational change. • Gain clarity on the impact change has on employee engagement. • Determine the manager’s role in preparing and guiding employees through change. • Use simple change management tools to assist in the change process.

COURSE LEADER: SCOTT POWELL, CPA, CA

Communication Miracles at Work How to Increase Cooperation and Decrease Conflict 1

Date: March 13, 2020 Code: 2901R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 28, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Communication is the glue that connects people, but it doesn’t come easy for many of us. If you want to quickly and effectively handle problems with co-workers or clients, and you want people to do what you want without a lot of hassle, this seminar is for you. The bottom line will be better client and co-worker relationships, leading to increased enjoyment and productivity at work.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Individuals who are in positions where communication is key. In other words, everyone.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: This workshop will enable you to:

• Create and maintain more business • Learn the 3 key skills you need to empower others, create trust, and get people on "your side" • Quickly solve problems with employees and co-workers, and reduce misunderstandings • Motivate and effectively manage the people in your office so they'll do what you want them to do • Handle difficult or “lazy” people in a way that quickly gets the results you desire • Feel confident and at ease with clients, thereby leading to a more fulfilling time at work

1. Why people behave as they do, and how you can effectively motivate anyone to cooperate with you o How to judge if your communication is effective in motivating someone o How to get someone to really hear you o How to communicate so that someone will happily do what you want

2. How to create trust and get people to like working with you o The 3 most important keys for getting someone to feel rapport with you o Why rapport is so important, and how to use it to profit in your work o How to quickly solve problems with people once you have their rapport

3. How to handle difficult people o Why some people are difficult to deal with, and what you can do about it o How you can turn a difficult employee or customer into a powerful asset o How to easily solve problems with people who are upset at you

4. Secret techniques that super-successful communicators use o How Ronald Reagan and Bill Clinton are similar, and how you can tap into their "magic abilities" o The three most important keys all successful communicators use

COURSE LEADER: JONATHAN ROBINSON, MA, MFCC

De-Stress for Success ½

Date: November 26, 2019 Code: 1928S Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 12, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275 Date: November 28, 2019 Code: 1928R Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 14, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: In the workshop, designed specifically for accounting and finance professionals, we will explore root causes of stress and pressure that negatively impacts our professional and personal health.

The workshop will then provide you with established tools and techniques that can be implemented immediately to help address these stressors and improve your quality of life.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Individuals looking for tools to manage stress and improve the quality of their professional and personal well-being.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, participants will develop a stronger understanding of:

• Identifying the root causes of stress for accounting and finance professionals

• The health consequences of “bad” stress over prolonged periods

• Applying the “De-stress for Success” toolkit

• Tailoring the “De-stress for Success” toolkit for your specific challenges

COURSE LEADER: GARTH SHERIFF, CPA, CA, CIA

Effective Business Letters, Email and Texts ½

Date: March 12, 2020 Code: 1995S Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: February 27, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: Letters, emails and texts are a vital form of business communication, whether formal or more ad hoc. Written well, they save the reader’s time and allow the reader to quickly comprehend the issues. However, written poorly, they can confuse the reader and obscure key points. Every writer in business has the responsibility to add value to the business and clarify the key issues for the decision makers.

This workshop equips business writers with the tools they need to write clear and concise letters, emails and texts.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: All financial professionals who rely on written business communications to convey messages to others.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this course the participant should be able to: • Establish the ultimate aim of the letter or email. • Present information in a logical manner. • Highlight conclusions and suggest appropriate courses of action in the context of the original aim. • Use proper salutations and signatures. • Adopt formatting best practices. • Hone skills in writing and presenting well-structured, purposeful business communications.

NOTE: Participants should bring examples of their emails and letters to the workshop so that they can critique and improve their format and structure.

COURSE LEADER: SCOTT POWELL, CPA, CA

Effective Management Skills 1

Date: February 25, 2020 Code: 1953R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 11, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Everyone agrees that the most important asset of any organization is the human asset. Thus, the all-important 21st century question becomes – How much untapped potential, energy, commitment and creativity currently exists within the human asset in your organization, team or department? What would it mean to your culture and bottom-line if you could unleash just 10% more of the latent human potential? The seminar is precisely about the principles and practices of optimizing the human asset.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: All managers, supervisors, team leaders and anyone responsible for achieving results through people and who want to bring the best out in people.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will deepen their understanding of motivation, engagement delegation/empowerment and practical feedback skills in this interactive (NO role plays), high energy and thought-provoking seminar. Participants will learn proven, powerful and practical strategies and techniques that will last a life-time and can be applied the next day including: • The seven roles of a highly effective team leader • What engagement really means • How to measure how engaged people are • Factors that motivate people and build engagement; and factors that de-motivate people and erode engagement • Understanding group dynamics and how to develop team synergy • The 11 characteristics of high performance teams (assessment tool) • The most common team pitfalls and how to avoid them • The principles of effective delegation … The truth about empowerment • What empowerment really means and why it is so important • The complete 7 step delegation process • The risks and restrictions of empowering people • A tool to determine what performance feedback is appropriate to give each employee • How to teach and facilitate a process for employee problem solving to prevent reverse delegation • The essential difference between accountability and responsibility • How to create constructive coaching conversations (effective one-on-one communication) • How to listen so that people feel understood • How put forth ones opinion or idea in manner most likely to gain acceptance and buy-in • How to say no to some without rupturing the relationship • How to disagree someone without being disagreeable • The essential difference between influence and persuasion • How to plan and prepare for delivering difficult Re-directive feedback • How to deliver Re–directive feedback in a manner that no one gets hurt • How to confront someone who’s behavior is problematic • The four steps and four levels of Re-directive feedback • How to deliver Re-enforcing or positive feedback in a manner that makes it meaningful

COURSE LEADER: GREG CAMPEAU, B. Comm.

Ethics at Our Core ½

Date: November 20, 2019 Code: 2910S Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 6, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total - 3.5 Ethics – 3.5 Date: November 21, 2019 Code: 2910R Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 7, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total - 3.5 Ethics – 3.5 Date: February 11, 2020 Code: 2910S1 Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: January 28, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total - 3.5 Ethics – 3.5 Date: February 12, 2020 Code: 2910R1 Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: January 29, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total - 3.5 Ethics – 3.5 Competency Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: FREE FOR MEMBERS Non-member $275

OBJECTIVE: Commitment to ethical conduct and protecting the public are what differentiate CPAs as essential business leaders. Adherence to the CPA Code of Professional Conduct is not just a professional obligation, it’s a source of pride, value, and competitive distinction. Our stakeholders rely on our judgment and guidance, but ethical dilemmas can be complicated, and determining how to implement the best course of action can be challenging. The seminar helps participants build skills in dealing with ethical dilemmas and promoting appropriate decision- making in their workplaces.

Participants with an opportunity to refresh and update their knowledge of the CPA Code and build competence in interpreting and applying the Code to resolve a variety of realistic situations. Participants will also explore the current environment of workplace ethics and assess the implications for ethical leadership. The workshop emphasizes collaboration and interactivity, as participants are engaged with their peers on a variety of activities including quizzes, comparative surveys, and case studies.

CPA Codes across the country are covered in this course, with the exception of the CPA Quebec

WHO WILL BENEFIT: CPAs at all levels of their career, and in any type of organization. The seminar draws on examples and interactive activities across a range of industries and roles that reflect the breadth of the profession.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, participants will be able to: • Apply research and critical thinking skills to analyze ethical challenges • Identify key ethics trends in the Canadian and global business environments and determine the implications for business leaders • Use the CPA Code of Professional Conduct as a resource for decision-making, on par with other professional standards • Interpret and apply the CPA Code to resolve ethical issues • Apply professional judgment in determining the most appropriate action, and defend their decisions • Plan ways of enhancing their own organization’s ethical culture

COURSE LEADER: DEBBI MCCAIG-PAISIG, CPA, CMA

Employee Development and Managing Career Expectations 1

Date: March 11, 2020 Code: 1993S Time: 8:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 26, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Focusing on employee development and career progression is a key driver of employee engagement and motivation. This workshop focuses on a few tangible tools that can be used to effectively manage the process of employee development.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Anyone who has staff supervision responsibilities.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this course the participant should be able to: • Understand the importance of creating formal development plans for employees. • Use a system to identify employee development needs and closure of gaps. • Effectively manage career expectations.

COURSE LEADER: SCOTT POWELL, CPA, CA

Improv for CPAs ½

Date: November 29, 2019 Code: 1931R Time: 1:00 pm - 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 15, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: Introductory CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: Have you ever been caught off guard by a question or comment during a conversation or presentation? Have you ever looked back at your reaction and felt that you could have handled things differently? Did your emotions get the better of you?

The course will introduce beginning tools and techniques to improve your communication skills when confronted with the unexpected during a conversation or presentation. The course will draw upon the craft of theatre improv to learn and practice the skills needed to “think on your feet”. Improv is typically associated with theatre and comedy; however the techniques used in improv, such as active listening and offering, provide an extraordinary system to help improve an individual’s ability to respond with control to unexpected situations.

The “outside the box” program facilitated by Garth Sheriff, CPA, CA will be highly interactive as participants will be practicing the tools and techniques demonstrated by using improv games and a case study. The environment will be positive, safe and encouraging, intent on helping you develop a greater sense of confidence in your communication skills.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Individuals who are looking to improve their ability to communicate clearly and concisely in situations in which they lack control.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • What situations challenge our ability to respond with control • What improv is and how it can be used to become a more effective communicator in a business professional environment • Learning tools and techniques that can be used during presentations or conversations to form the best possible response to unanticipated questions or comments • Using those tools and techniques to gain a sense of calm and control in unpredictable social settings

COURSE LEADER: GARTH SHERIFF, CPA, CA, CIA

Interviewing and Influencing Skills ½

Date: March 17, 2020 Code: 1961R Time: 8:30 am - 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: March 3, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: Introductory CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The seminar focuses on equipping participants with the tools needed to become more effective interviewers and influencers. Participants are tasked with reflecting on their existing listening and interviewing skills and then identifying ways to enhance these skills using interviewing principles and frameworks introduced in this seminar.

Participants walk away with valuable tools and frameworks that will allow them to enhance their interviewing and influencing skills.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Members in industry and practitioners who regularly undertake interviews and who are looking to improve their interviewing, influencing and questioning skills.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the seminar, participants should develop their interviewing and influencing skills including: • Understanding the interviewee(s) • Preparing for the interview • Effective interview techniques • When and where to use certain types of questions • Active listening skills • Reading non-verbal cues • Knowing your baggage • Influencing language

COURSE LEADER: LISA DORIAN, CPA, CA, CPA (Illinois), CIA, CRMA

Leading Teams to Excellence ½

Date: November 26, 2019 Code: 1929S Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 12, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275 Date: November 28, 2019 Code: 1929R Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 14, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: All leaders have their own style in order to help teams accomplish their required tasks. However, leaders that have the ability to adapt their style to what the teams or individuals need will accomplish this with the most efficiency and least conflict.

In the course, an established methodology to assess your style of leadership and then understand how you can adapt to what your teams need to excel will be explored.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals looking to improve the efficiency and productivity of their teams.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: In this course, participants will: • Explore root causes of team dysfunction • Learn about current research on what makes a team efficient and productive. • Learn to diagnosis and assess the "collective intelligence" of your team • Take action steps to improve the "collective intelligence" of your team

COURSE LEADER: GARTH SHERIFF, CPA, CA, CIA

Practical Financial Negotiation Tips ½

Date: December 10, 2019 Code: 1977S Time: 1:00 pm to 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 26, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Ethics –.25 Competency: Professional Skills Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The half day course covers many useful financial negotiation tips, illustrated by real-life examples that will get you thinking. Participants will work through mini-cases, to apply principles and increase their financial and business creativity, and help their organization to be financially successful in negotiations. They can also bring current work negotiation situations to class to brain storm on them. The seminar is different from and complements tactical/strategic negotiation seminars, by being more financial-oriented, with lots of specific examples. It is partly about how to persuade, but more about creating different financial options that would be attractive to other party. The tips provided are also useful for internal negotiations.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Anybody involved directly or indirectly in or advising with respect to financial negotiations. Because of the wide range of topic coverage, most accountants would benefit from this seminar, unless they are pure specialists, i.e. forensic, tax, IT, bankruptcy, valuations or audit. It is aimed at accountants in leadership positions, such as Controllers, CFOs and directors of finance, as well as those in public practice or consulting, who advise clients. Accountants from large companies, government and not for profits also find the course useful. It is also helpful for analysts and accountants moving toward these roles.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • General financial negotiation tips • Complex deals with multiple elements • Working the numbers to your advantage • Financing negotiations • Finding new angles and dimensions to negotiate • Sharing success with the other party • Purchasing negotiations - service and goods • Examples in Various industries and contexts • Key watch outs and lessons learned • Some unusual tactics that you can use • Ethics in negotiations • Bureaucracy – don’t take no for an answer

COURSE LEADER: STEPHEN PRIDDLE, CPA, CA, CMA

Practical Tips for Controllers & CFOs – The Case Course 1

Date: December 9, 2019 Code: 1975S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 25, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Ethics – 1.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Sharpen your skills as a Controller, CFO, treasurer or analyst, or as a professional in public practice advising clients. You’ll appreciate the mix of practical tips and substantial depth in this seminar. Participating in group and break-out sessions, you’ll work through in-depth, realistic cases, but don’t worry, you don’t have to write down your answers! And, you’ll interact with peers who share their wide range of skills and experience. Over 1,100 accountants have attended this seminar in Canada and other countries. The seminar was created and is presented by an experienced CFO, with extensive real-life insight.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Controllers, CFOs, directors of finance, treasurers and accounting managers (or their advisors) in small to medium-sized companies: you will gain Practical Tips For your daily work. Accountants from large companies, government and not-for-profits also find the course useful. In addition, it is helpful for people moving toward these roles.

LEARNING OUTCOMES:

By the end of the course, participants will develop skills in: • Improving the relevancy of financial reporting to users – this case will help you provide better and more useful information to report users • Negotiating an offer to finance from a bank – gain practical tips on responding to a very realistic bank offer. How should it be assessed? How can you persuade the bank to revise it in your favour? • Reviewing a contract from a financial perspective – you review contracts from time to time, how can this be done more effectively? • Resolving ethical dilemmas in a practical way • Managing foreign exchange risk, practically – from an accountant’s perspective, not a banker’s • Gaining the information you really need on key qualities when interviewing candidates

COURSE LEADER: STEPHEN PRIDDLE, CPA, CA, CMA

Presentation and Training Skills 1

Date: February 24, 2020 Code: 1952R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 10, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Rapid change requires rapid learning! The evermore dynamic and inter-dependent 21st century workplace is dramatically different than just a decade ago. We are now “knowledge workers” in the “information age” and the new currency is intellectual capital. A vital, yet self-evident truth is that this capital or knowledge is only of value to the degree it can be effectively communicated.

In the workshop, participants learn the principles and practices of optimizing their performance in three of the most important and interrelated new core competencies – learning, teaching and presenting.

The course has proven to be a very powerful learning experience for participants as they learn how to: • effectively facilitate learning while enhancing their own capacity to learn • design and deliver powerfully persuasive presentations, with confidence, calmness, clarity and conviction • win people over to their way of thinking and to gain buy-in for their ideas • enhance their capacity to communicate in a manner that makes people listen, believe, understand, remember and act on what they say

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals who want to learn how to verbally communicate their ideas and information in a more effective manner. Anyone who leads, trains, coaches, mentors or is responsible for developing people. The content has broad relevancy and would be of particular value to anyone who is in a role in which they have to facilitate training or make presentations or to clients, senior executives, their teams or peers.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • The three pillars of a highly effective learning • Principles of adult learning and memory • Effectively planning and preparing for presentations and lessons • Designing and facilitating lessons or making presentations that are participant centered • Applying a competency model that identifies the real learning needs to optimize the relevancy of content • How to develop confidence and overcome presentation anxiety • How to increase participants motivation to learn • The key to being believable when communicating … How to develop “source credibility” • Key techniques that allow you to capture and hold peoples’ attention • Creating meaningful participant involvement and interaction even on technical topics • How to gain influence with people and win them over to your way of thinking • How to understand the power of body language and use it to your advantage • How to use vocabulary to achieve maximum impact • How to deliver the presentation in a manner that optimizes engagement and retention • How to use visual aids for maximum impact • PowerPoint do’s and don’ts • How to effectively conclude your lessons / presentations that move people to action

COURSE LEADER: GREG CAMPEAU, B.COMM

Setting Concrete Goals and Metrics for Performance, Skills and Values ½

Date: November 20, 2019 Code: 1922R Time: 8:30 am to 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 6, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The complexity of business today requires that we manage and measure not only traditional financial and accounting type metrics but also complex and qualitative business drivers such as employee engagement, performance improvement, skill development, living the core values, relationship management, customer satisfaction, and so on.

Goals and metrics make vision and strategy concrete, clarify objectives, focus employee efforts, and enable leaders to monitor progress to plan and hold people accountable for results.

This half-day action learning module provides participants with practical skills and tools they can use for setting crisp, clear, and meaningful goals; aligning goals with organizational vision and strategy; auditing goals to ensure they are balanced and sustainable; and generating concrete measures of success for both “hard” (quantitative) and “soft” (qualitative) goals, i.e., for managing and measuring performance, skill development, adherence to core values, and complex projects.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Every professional who sets goals, monitors progress to plan, and is accountable for results. It will be doubly valuable for leaders who also help their employees set goals and be accountable.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop the following skills: • Setting crisp, clear, meaningful goals: Two practical goal setting techniques • The importance of measuring both quantity and quality • Measuring the tough qualitative stuff: skills, values, employee attitudes… • Setting concrete metrics for your most important goals and objectives • Aligning individual and team goals with organizational objectives • Prioritizing and auditing your priorities • Making goals stick: follow up and follow through

COURSE LEADER: JOEL SHAPIRO, PH.D.

Shades of Gray – Ethics in the Workplace ½ // Date: March 17, 2020 Code: 1901R Time: 1:00 pm – 4:30 pm Registration Deadline: March 3, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total - 3.5, Ethics - 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: FREE FOR MEMBERS Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVES: The half day course aims to develop and enhance the participants understanding and application of business and professional ethics. Throughout the session, numerous case studies and ethical dilemmas are used to encourage discussion and explore moral philosophy in the workplace.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professional accountants who have decision-making and reporting responsibilities within their organizations.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: In the course, participants will learn more about: • How ethics impacts the culture and environment of an organization • How to deal with conflicts of interest • How best to apply an ethical decision making framework • Understanding ethics, including the professional codes and sources of ethical guidance • Ethical decision making and using ethical frameworks to assist in the process

COURSE LEADER: LISA DORIAN, CPA, CA, CPA (Illinois), CIA, CRMA

Sustainable Performance Management Continuous improvement in performance, skills, and values 1

Date: November 18, 2019 Code: 1920R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 4, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Performance evaluations are often awkward, stressful, and de-motivating. Have you ever heard anyone say: “I can’t wait for my evaluation meeting” or “Wow, I love these new performance evaluation forms”? Well, it’s not about the forms. And most of the stress is unnecessary. This workshop will help you make your performance management meetings positive, collaborative, and productive.

Performance management is all about helping employees set & achieve meaningful goals. If you do a good job of helping your employees achieve their goals, evaluation meetings will be little more than a summary of the good work you’ve been doing with your employees all year long: no surprises, fewer conflicts, and much greater collaboration. Done well, performance management will help you motivate employees, develop their skills, and support their productivity and career success.

This practical workshop will enhance your ability to coach yourself and others, and expand your range and flexibility as a coach. You will learn how to drive improvements in performance, skills, and values (attitude, behavior), foster accountability for action and results, and build a culture of coaching and continuous improvement.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Leaders and project managers who are accountable for employee and project performance and results.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: In the courses, participants will learn about:

• Planning: Concrete goals, metrics, and plans for performance, skills, and values • Coaching: Driving improvements in performance, skills and values • Evaluation: Assessing goal achievement and progress to plan • Sustainability: Making goals stick, sustaining improvements, and raising the bar • What to do before, during, and after the evaluation meeting • Plus: Difficult conversations, preventing bias & error, dealing with poor performance, after action reviews, and keeping employees in the learning zone

COURSE LEADER: JOEL SHAPIRO, PH.D.

Ten Practical Topics for Accountants in Leadership ½

Date: December 10, 2019 Code: 1976S Time: 8:30 am to 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 26, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: Intermediate CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The interactive, half-day workshop, led by corporate veteran Stephen Priddle, CPA, CA, CMA, provides a useful discussion, tips and applications on ten financial leadership topics. The workshop includes several interactive table brain-storming sessions. There is something for everyone in this workshop.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Accountants in leadership positions, such as Controllers, CFOs and directors of finance, as well as accountants in public practice or consulting, who advise clients. It is also helpful for accountants moving toward these roles.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Each participant will take away something of value from this workshop, which covers: 1. The top 10 trouble spots for financial leaders – and some innovative ways to mitigate them 2. Measuring the performance of the finance function – most of you don’t do this 3. Dealing with the sales department – who often don’t listen! 4. Insurance tips – rarely covered in courses 5. Leading by example 6. Finding economic predictors for your organization 7. Payroll & benefits tips – reducing this cost 8. Financial forecasting keys 9. Travel cost saving tips 10. What every CEO needs in a financial leader

COURSE LEADER: STEPHEN PRIDDLE, CPA, CA, CMA

The Essentials of Project Management 1

Date: February 26, 2020 Code: 1954R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 12, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Organizations often undertake a wide variety of projects which have important implications for their overall growth and success. Supported by dedicated project managers, project team members have a critical contribution to make in supporting project success while maintaining their day-to-day responsibilities. Understanding the key elements of the project management process helps everyone to contribute most effectively.

The program equips participants with tools and techniques to enable them to be effective project team members and to play their part in ensuring their projects achieve success.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Members in industry and practitioners who want to better understand the tools and techniques to enable them to be effective project team members and ensure projects achieve success.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this program, participants will be able to: • Identify the critical elements that ensure projects are managed effectively. • Describe the major stages of a project, and the key characteristics of each stage. • Play a strong part in the success of projects on which they are involved at work. • Have a tool kit of techniques to be used when working on a project team.

COURSE LEADER: CHRIS WYMAN, CPA, CMA, CIA

Thinking Outside the Box ½

Date: November 27, 2019 Code: 1930S Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 13, 2019 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275 Date: November 29, 2019 Code: 1930R Time: 8:30 am – 12:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 15, 2019 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: Innovation can lead to breakthrough ideas and operational excellence. However, 'outside the box' thinking is very challenging for most of us. This workshop will provide you with researched-based tools and techniques that can be implemented immediately to help encourage innovation individually and within your teams.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals looking to improve their ability to think differently and creatively when confronting challenging problems.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will learn more about: • What thinking “outside the box” means • Identifying roadblocks to thinking outside the box • Applying a researched based framework - the thinking hats

COURSE LEADER: GARTH SHERIFF, CPA, CA, CIA

Time Management – Productivity Power 1

Date: February 26, 2020 Code: 1987S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 12, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Are you feeling caught between a clock and a hard place? Let’s face it, we are all in a stripped- down, every-job-counts, more with less workplace. The time management challenges that we face in the highly unpredictable and interdependent 21st Century workscape are very different than in the industrial age… Old strategies and solutions don’t work anymore! Ever more demanding customers, more meetings, interruptions and electronic communications overload are leaving many people feeling overworked, overwhelmed, beat-up and burned-out!

Participants will benefit from the course through: • Learning powerful insights about themselves, enhancing self-understanding so they can leverage their personal strengths and develop strategies to minimize the impact of their weakness • The focus on practicality that means people walk out with ideas and techniques they can apply the next day … The ROI from this workshop is exceptional and immediate • Being energized to implement the valuable new tools and techniques they’ve learned that will enhance life balance and peace of mind • Learning how to gain and keep control of competing priorities, concurrent projects and critical deadlines

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Everyone

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • The 2 vital productivity principles and 4 best practices that top performing executives understand and apply every day • How to implement workload reduction strategies by identifying and cutting time wasting activities • The truth about “wasting time”… What it really means, what it costs you, and how to minimize it • How to “stay on track” limiting how much other people take control of your day • How to create “Task lists” that really work! …The secret to overcoming “to-do list” frustration • How to set and manage multiple and constantly shifting priorities • The key to improving communication and collaboration within and between teams and departments • The 4 core components required to create an airtight personal management system so that nothing falls through the cracks

COURSE LEADER: GREG CAMPEAU, B.COMM

Time Mastery for CPA’s: Over 100 Ways to Maximize Your Productivity and Satisfaction 1

Date: March 12, 2020 Code: 2900R Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 27, 2020 Location: Regina CPA Training Room Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Participants in the workshop will learn practical tips for eliminating : • Eliminate time stress • Get over 100 practical ideas – at least one has to apply to you! • Create a balance between your work life and personal life • Work with greater productivity and satisfaction

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals wanting to achieve greater work productivity and satisfaction

LEARNING OUTCOMES: 1. Become accountable for your time 10. Communicate proactively with clients and in − Self-analysis - what do I need to improve? the office − Truth-telling: Where my time really goes 11. Eliminate time waste in meeting − Understanding how to change – and doing it! 12. Pause for perspective, creativity and well- 2. Create positive attitudes for peace of mind and being never again say, “I don’t have enough time.” − Creating creative time 3. Work on what counts rather than what comes up − The "Do What I Like" Day − The Doing/Managing ratio − Take a vacation − Fire clients 13. Get and stay in control of your work − Increase income while decreasing hours − Using a simple task management system 4. Delegate – Overcome barriers to delegating − How to not let anything slip through the 5. Plan your life – Work to live instead of living to cracks work 14. Go home satisfied every day 6. Plan your work 15. Get and stay organized − Set and stick to priorities − Clear up your piles and email in-box − Set yearly goals − Overcome indecision: The 3 Minute Rule − Reduce your work hours: The “Cold Turkey” 16. Handle anxiety method − Get control over anxiety 7. Work your plan: Control interruptions − Get things done − Balance being available with getting your − Tackle the “someday” project planned work done 17. Stop procrastinating − Be the master of technology, not the slave − The 15 Minute Rule − Take a Priority Hour − The Worst First method 8. Understanding and controlling email addiction − The Bite the Bullet day − Manage your smart phone and office phone 18. Foster better time management for the whole − Take charge of communications office 9. Get out of email jail 19. Convert intentions into action – The Buddy − The 15 best email/texting practices System − Take a Priority Hour

COURSE LEADER: JONATHAN ROBINSON, MA, MFCC

You Don’t Get What you Deserve; You Get What you Negotiate Becoming a Highly Effective Negotiator 1

Date: February 27, 2020 Code: 1988S Time: 8:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: February 13, 2020 Location: Saskatoon Park Town Hotel Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Competency: Professional Skills Level: General CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The truth is that in our professional lives we don’t get what we deserve – we get what we negotiate. Are you finding your customers, clients, employees or boss or employers increasingly demanding, wanting more for less? Do you ever feel that you are being taken advantage of? Are you currently being underpaid for your skill and expertise?

We all know that it is the give and take of negotiations that allows problems to be solved, decisions to be made and needs to be satisfied in both our professional and personal lives. But we also all encounter people that have no intention of bargaining in good faith … So now what? Come learn a proven method that is not designed to win over your opponent but rather to win your opponent over.

Achieving success in this increasingly interdependent workplace of the 21st century requires a new set of core competencies and the ability to negotiate effectively, to get your needs met while maintaining and even enhancing the quality of the relationship is at the top of the list. In this seminar you will learn a proven, practical step-by-step approach to win-win negotiations and how to protect yourself from “hardball” negotiators.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Anyone who negotiates with internal or external customers. Whether you are negotiating within on- going relationships or one-time deals, whether you are involved in formal negotiations or just looking to get your needs met more consistently everyone can benefit from this powerful and practical leaning experience.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • The most common negotiating mistakes people make and how to avoid them • The difference between Collaborative “win-win” and Competitive “hardball” negotiations and how to know what game you are playing • The characteristics of highly effective negotiators • The different sources of negotiating power • How to strengthen your bargaining position • How to create an open communication flow that allows you to deeply understand the other party • The 5 steps process to quickly and effectively plan and prepare for your negotiations • How to determine your “walk-away point” • How to defend yourself against “hardball’ negotiators • How to counter the 5 common manipulative strategies being used against you • How to create win – win outcomes that ensure the other party lives up to their end of the bargain

COURSE LEADER: GREG CAMPEAU, B.COMM

Distance Learning Courses

LIVE BROADCAST COURSES

CODE TITLE INSTRUCTOR DATE LB1915 Income Tax – Starting Up a Business Alex Garber Sept 13, 2019 LB1916 IFRS 15 – Revenue Recognition Mary Massarella Sept 20, 2019 LB1917 Income Tax – Portfolio Investments Susan Cox Sept 24, 2019 LB1918 Audit Engagements – CAS 240 Risk Related to Fraud Jennifer McCann Oct 3, 2019 LB1919 Compilation Engagements – Review of Section 9200 Chi Ho Ng Oct 15, 2019 LB1920 Review Engagements – Review of the Standard Chi Ho Ng Oct 15, 2019 LB1921 GST/HST – CRA Audit Gregory M. Sawatsky Nov 12, 2019 LB1922 IFRS – Update 2019 Shari Mann Oct 23, 2019 LB1923 Corporate Restructuring – Section 85 Transfer of Property Tom Pister Oct 29, 2019 LB1924 IFRS 16 – Leases Elizabeth J. Farrell Nov 1, 2019 LB1925 PSAS – Review of the Standards Melanie Joseph Nov 5, 2019 LB1926 Income Tax – Update 2019 Warren Trickey Nov 6, 2019 LB1921 GST/HST – CRA Audit Gregory M. Sawatsky Nov 12, 2019 LB1927 Corporate Tax – Shutting Down the Corporation Milan Legris Nov 13, 2019 LB1929 ASPE – Related Party Transactions Jennifer McCann Nov 21, 2019 LB1930 Corporate Tax – Compliance & Planning in T2 Preparation Margaret Riggin Nov 25, 2019 LB1931 Personal Tax – Compliance & Planning in T1 Preparation Margaret Riggin Nov 26, 2019 LB1932 Internal Controls – Industry Sector Philip Maguire Nov 27, 2019 LB1933 GST/HST – Fundamentals Gregory M. Sawatsky Nov 28, 2019 LB1928 IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments Allan W. Foerster Nov 29, 2019 LB1934 Business Valuations – Advanced Robert Boulton Dec 4, 2019 LB19261 Income Tax – Update 2019 Alex Garber Dec 14, 2019 LB1935 Review Engagements – File Review Chi Ho Ng Dec 17, 2019

Live broadcasts can be accessed anywhere you have access to the internet. Participants watch the seminar as delivered by the seminar leader, and have the PowerPoint presentation on screen at all times. A live chat option allows online participants to submit questions, so you feel like you are a part of the room. Seminars are delivered by CPA Ontario. However, enter CPA SK is the provider in the CPD reporting tool. CPA SK will verify your participation for CPD purposes.

Frequently Asked Questions

1. What technology is required by the participants? − The latest version of Adobe Flash/Shockwave/Java is installed. It can be run on Firefox, Internet Explorer, Google Chrome, Safari, and mobile applications.

2. When will the participants receive the log in information? − Log in information is typically sent 48 hours in advance of the session date. − Contact CPA Saskatchewan the day before the webinar if you do not have log in information.

3. Who is the contact for technical issues the day of the seminar? − Participants can click the help icon on the webcast link to be connected with the AV team.

4. How do participants ask questions during the session? − The chat box in the webcast can be used to ask questions and chat with other participants.

Members must enter their CPD hours for all CPA professional development courses. When entering your CPD for Live Broadcasts enter CPA SK as the provider, NOT CPA Ontario.

ASPE – Related Party Transactions Live Broadcast 1

Date: November 21, 2019 Code: LB1929 Registration Time: 7:30 am to 4:00 pm November 14, 2019 Deadline: Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate CPA $375 Non-member: $450 Member:

OBJECTIVE: A full day seminar that uses case studies, exercises and examples to illustrate the numerous and complex issues when accounting for related party transactions. It is designed to address the challenges faced by preparers of ASPE financial statements and practitioners with respect to the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of related party transactions and balances under ASPE.

Accounting for related party transactions is one of the most complicated areas of applying accounting standards for private enterprises (ASPE) and it is an area of accounting regularly cited for deficiencies by practice inspection. Now there are new developments with changes to ASPE 3856 accounting for retractable and mandatorily redeemable shares and accounting for financial instruments in related party transactions.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals involved in the preparation of private enterprise financial statements and practitioners who serve private clients with related party transactions.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

• Recognize and measure related party transactions – from simple to complicated transactions including amalgamations and property transfers.

• Draft best practice disclosures for related party transactions addressing the concerns of practice inspection

• Implement the changes to ASPE 3856 for retractable and mandatorily redeemable shares, and

• Implement the changes to ASPE 3856 for related party financial instruments.

PREREQUISITES: Participants should be familiar with the CPA Handbook – Assurance, Part II ASPE

COURSE LEADER: JENNIFER MCCANN, CPA, CA

Audit Engagements – CAS 240: Risk Related to Fraud Live Broadcast ½

Date: October 3, 2019 Code: LB1918

Time: 6:30 am to 10:15 am Registration Deadline: September 26, 2019 Estimated CPD Hours: Location: Live Broadcast Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5 Ethics – 1 Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: An auditor has responsibilities relating to fraud in the context of an audit. The requirements of CAS are designed to assist the auditor in identifying and assessing the risk of material misstatement due to fraud and in designing procedures to respond to and detect such misstatements.

Misstatements in the financial statements can arise from fraud or error. The distinguishing factor between fraud and error is whether the underlying action that results in the misstatement is intentional or unintentional. As fraud is intentional and involves schemes designed to hide misstatement, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error.

Participants will identify the auditor’s responsibilities related to fraud and apply the standards when designing and performing procedures for audit engagements.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners in public practice who want to improve their ability to identify and assess the risk of fraud as well as strengthen the work performed and documented in the assurance files to help them meet their responsibilities related to fraud in an efficient and effective manner.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: The objectives of this course are to increase the understanding of help practitioners outline fraud responsibilities in the context of an audit and to help the auditor apply the standards in their assurance engagements in a meet the above objectives in a practical and efficient manner.

By the end of the course, participants will be able to: • Recognize fraud risk factors • Identify and assess the risk of material misstatement of the financial statements due to fraud (Risk Assessment Procedures) • Design appropriate audit procedures to address the risk of fraud • Perform required procedures including journal entry testing • Implement unpredictability procedures into the engagement • Assess the results of procedures performed • Respond appropriately to fraud or suspected fraud identified during the audit

COURSE LEADER: JENNIFER MCCANN, CPA, CA

Business Valuations – Advanced Live Broadcast 1

Date: December 4, 2019 Code: LB1934

Time: 7:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 27, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7

Competency: Finance and Wealth Management Level: Advanced

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Building on the concepts of Business Valuations - Fundamentals, the seminar gives participants a more detailed insight into some of the more complex issues associated with business valuations. Participants are introduced to topics such as cost of capital, terminal value quantification, synergy calculations, valuation discounts, and valuing securities other than common shares.

This course will provide participants with the ability to challenge and critique specific elements of a business valuation. The basic approaches that are introduced in Business Valuations – Foundations are dissected in detail such that practitioners will be able to recognize the limitations of various valuation approaches and will be provided with information that will allow them to conduct supplementary analysis for a more robust conclusion of value. The course utilizes a detailed case study that builds upon itself for each module that allows for practical application.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals who have some experience with business valuations who are seeking a deeper understanding of the more complex issues surrounding business valuation. Past attendees include public practice practitioners who have provided some business valuation advice in the past and company executives involved in the purchase or sale of businesses.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Utilize the capital asset pricing model to interpret the biases inherent in unadjusted Beta as a result of capital structure and tax status of a reference company

• Identify the factors that make a “comparable” company more or less comparable in the context of a business valuation and when to exclude certain companies from one’s analysis

• Incorporate market conventions with respect to including business combination synergies within the valuation of a single company

• Critique the use of (or assess the reasonability of) various valuation discounts

PREREQUISITE: Business Valuations – Fundamentals formerly Business Valuations: The Basics is recommended. Experience working with business valuations is also acceptable.

NOTE: Please bring a calculator as it may be used during class.

COURSE LEADER – ROBERT BOULTON, CPA, CA, CBV

Compilation Engagements – Review of Section 9200 Live Broadcast ½

Date: October 15, 2019 Code: LB1919

Time: 6:30 am to 10:15 am Registration Deadline: October 8, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Ethics – 1

Competency: Assurance Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The seminar provides an overview of the CPA Handbook – Assurance sections relevant to compilation engagements, with practical examples of different approaches to completing and documenting compilation engagements. In addition, the seminar looks forward to the proposed standards on compilation engagements and the key differences between the proposals and the current standards

In the seminar, scenario-based exercises will assist participants in developing their understanding of the existing standards and common issues, including appropriate disclosures in compiled financial statements, CPA Code of Professional Conduct concepts such as association with false and misleading information and independence, and assessing what documentation is necessary to support a compilation engagement file. The seminar also provides a forum for practitioners to discuss the challenges they have experienced and to share solutions and best practice approaches with each other. Lastly, the seminar looks to the proposed CSRS 4200: Compilation Engagements and the key differences between the proposals and the current standards.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Experienced practitioners, and senior professional staff responsible for reviewing compilation engagements, who would like an overview of the practical issues of completing and documenting compilation engagements.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

• Outline the intent of a compilation engagement and the key differences from assurance engagements • Evaluate the appropriateness of a compilation engagement to meet the needs of clients • Identify the required documentation to meet the requirements of the applicable compilation standards • Contract the existing standards from the proposed new standards for compilation engagements

PREREQUISITES: Participants should be familiar with the CPA Handbook – Assurance sections 9200 and AuG-5, and with preparing compilation engagements. Participants would also benefit from reading the AASB’s exposure draft on CSRS 4200: Compilation Engagements prior to taking the seminar.

COURSE LEADER: CHI HO NG, CPA, CA, MBA

Corporate Restructuring – Section 85 Transfer of Property Live Broadcast 1

Date: October 29, 2019 Code: LB1923

Time: 6:30 am to 3:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 22, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7

Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Professional accountants are often engaged by their clients to assist with transactions designed to accomplish objectives such as creditor-proofing, estate planning, corporate restructuring etc. Section 85 of the Income Tax Act is often required so that the client’s objectives can be met in a tax-efficient manner. The provisions of Section 85 are complex and interact with a number of related and anti- avoidance provisions.

The seminar covers selected tax aspects of the transfer of property to a corporation and the use of the section 85 rollover rules. Each module contains specific examples and case examples designed to help participants review relevant tax theory and focus on major tax planning issues that need to be considered, including key anti-avoidance provisions to avoid and filing requirements.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Accountants in public practice or industry who would like to better understand how section 85 works and how to correctly prepare a T2057 election. Participants in this course may also find the Corporate Restructuring - Fundamentals (formerly Corporate Reorganizations) and Advanced Tax Planning Strategies courses beneficial.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course participants will be able to: • Understand the conditions necessary to make a Section 85 election • Understand the property eligible to transfer under Section 85 • Understand the upper and lower limits of an “agreed amount” for the transfer or property • Be able to determine the cost amount of property transferred under Section 85. • Be aware of the relevant anti avoidance rules associated with a transfer of property under Section 85. • Be aware of the deadlines for filing a Section 85 election and related penalties. • Know how to fill out a T2057 election form.

PREREQUISITE: Participants should be familiar with the ITA.

COURSE LEADER – TOM PISTER, CPA, CA, LL.B

Corporate Tax – Shutting Down the Corporation Live Broadcast ½

Date: November 13, 2019 Code: LB1927

Time: 12:30 pm to 4:15 pm Registration Deadline: November 6, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5

Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: Whether for performance reasons, planning reasons, or just because of the evolution of the life-cycle of a corporation (or its shareholders), CPAs are often required to assist in the “shutting down” of a corporation. This may occur via dissolution, amalgamation, or wind-up. The course discusses the key tax considerations to address in each of these scenarios.

The seminar will focus on the many tax issues that arise, from a compliance and planning perspective, when shutting down a corporation. It will focus exclusively on private companies. Common traps and planning opportunities that arise when shutting down corporations will also be discussed.

Although there will be coverage of the issues associated with the winding-up of smaller “mom and pop” type corporations that are ceasing operations, this only represents a small portion of the course coverage. The remainder of the seminar coverage will be more applicable to corporations within larger corporate groups. As an “Intermediate” level course, there will not be any coverage of T2-specific issues, such as where to check on the T2 that a company has been amalgamated or dissolved.

Attendees will broaden their understanding of tax compliance requirements, tax traps, and tax planning opportunities that arise when shutting down corporations.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals who are involved in winding up/dissolving corporations or who advise clients that are involved in winding up/dissolving corporations. Particular focus will be placed on private companies.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Understand the different ways in which a corporation can be “shut down” • Understand the key tax issues associated with the taxable windup of a corporation • Understand the key tax issues associated with the tax-deferred windup of a corporation • Understand the key tax issues associated with the amalgamation of two or more corporations • Understand the key tax issues for the shareholders of corporations that are being “shut down”

COURSE LEADER: MILAN LEGRIS, LL.B., LL.M, TEP

Corporate Tax – Compliance and Planning in T2 Preparation Live Broadcast 1

Date: November 25, 2019 Code: LB1930

Time: 7:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 18, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7

Competency: Taxation Level: Introductory

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: A wide variety of issues are encountered in the preparation of Canadian corporate income tax returns. This course addresses technical and practical issues arising from these diverse issues, to better prepare the participant to prepare and/or review corporate income tax returns. Participants will gain an overall understanding of tax compliance issues, enhancing their ability to prepare complete and accurate tax returns, and to identify and address planning opportunities which arise in the preparation of corporate income tax returns.

The seminar provides participants with a broad overview of income tax issues which can impact taxpayers filing their corporate tax returns. It provides a comprehensive review of income tax compliance and planning issues relevant to the preparation of Canadian corporate income tax returns. The seminar materials provide greater depth of discussion, particularly in more complex areas or areas less frequently encountered in practice. Dependent on class discussion, not all topics in the material may be covered in class but the material is intended as an ongoing reference source.

The course does not address the completion of the tax return forms themselves, as the forms regularly change, and as tax returns are generally prepared in computer software, and not with manual forms.

Tax planning matters are limited to those which can be implemented in the course of preparing the tax returns, and not broader tax planning which is undertaken on a more proactive basis. Participants wishing a more detailed review of corporate tax planning issues may wish to consider attending the Review of Corporate Tax Planning course, or courses focused on specific tax planning issues of interest.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals who want a refresher on corporate tax preparation matters, those who have been away from corporate taxes for some time and want an understanding of the issues which may arise in corporate tax return preparation; or professionals seeking to build on their foundational (pre-certification) knowledge of corporate tax issues.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Identify and evaluate issues impacting corporate income tax filings • Analyze income tax issues for appropriate corporate tax reporting • Assess tax planning alternatives arising in the course of preparing corporate income tax returns

PREREQUISITE: Some experience with corporate tax preparation would be beneficial, but not essential.

COURSE LEADER – MARGARET RIGGIN, CPA, CA

GST/HST – CRA Audit Live Broadcast 1

Date: November 12, 2019 Code: LB1921

Time: 7:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 5, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7

Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Nothing is more terrifying than receiving a letter in the mail stating your company has been selected for a GST/HST audit. This full-day course will provide a review of a typical Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) audit from start to finish and discuss some of the common audit exposures creating assessments for taxpayers.

The course will also cover how to minimize GST/HST exposures by learning how to identify the most common compliance exposures which will be illustrated using everyday examples applicable to businesses of all sizes.

It will also explain how to proactively prepare for a future audit, provide tips on how to manage an audit and after-audit issues including the assessment of penalties and the objection process.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: CPAs, students, practitioners, and other advisors who want to obtain a greater understanding of the top common GST/HST audit exposures and the CRA audit process.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Explain the importance of an audit and they types of audits • Describe the audit process • Describe a taxpayer’s responsibilities • Identify most common audit exposures

PREREQUISITE: GST/HST – Fundaments or a good working knowledge of GST/HST.

COURSE LEADER: GREGORY M. SAWATSKY, Macc, CPA, CA

GST/HST – Fundamentals Live Broadcast 1

Date: November 28, 2019 Code: LB1933

Time: 7:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 21, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7

Competency: Taxation Level: Introductory

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The application of Canada’s federal sales tax, the GST/HST, is often far more complex than practitioners or businesses realize. The GST/HST principles involved are often quite different from those applied to income tax.

The course provides an overview of Canada’s federal sales tax for both practitioners and accountants in industry. There is a review of the three different types of supplies and their significance. The GST and HST place of supply rules are presented in detail with lots of examples because their misinterpretation often creates significant exposures for suppliers located in both non-HST and HST provinces. The course also covers registration, collection requirements, who pays tax, input tax credit entitlements and some cross border issues. The material will highlight sources of errors and assessments frequently discovered during a GST audit or a review of a client’s books and records.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: CPAs and students, practitioners to accountants in business/industry and other advisors who want to obtain a greater understanding of the federal sales tax system in Canada. It will also be beneficial to those who deal with the Goods and Services Tax (GST) and Harmonized Sales Tax (HST) on a daily basis or those who would like a refresher and update of trending issues.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, participants will be able to: • Determine the tax rate applicable on a supply made in Canada • Describe the importance of the documentation requirements that are required to be met before claiming an input tax credit • Describe and list input tax credit restrictions and limitations • Explain issues related to the importation and exportation of taxable supplies • Identify and reduce common audit exposures

COURSE LEADER: GREGORY M. SAWATSKY, Macc, CPA, CA

IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments Live Broadcast 1

Date: November 29, 2019 Code: LB1928

Time: 7:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 22, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The course is designed to teach participants the main provisions of the new IASB standard IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, which recently became effective for fiscal years starting after January 1, 2018. This standard is significantly different in many areas compared its predecessor standard, IAS 39, and certain models and provisions in the new standard may be difficult to apply and require significant judgment.

The course will assist participants by providing them with the practical knowledge to understand the concepts and provisions to the standard and apply it to their portfolio of financial instruments. This new standard applies to all companies and may require certain planning, system and process changes to apply it effectively. This standard can significantly change financial instrument classification, measurement and impairment amounts and their timing of recognition. This course will likely be particularly relevant to certain industries as well (e.g. banking and other financial service industries).

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals responsible for the accounting, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will learn the following about IFRS 9: • The three classification categories and related criteria for financial assets and how they differ from IAS 39 classification categories • The subsequent measurement models of financial assets and liabilities and how they differ from IAS 39 measurements • Key concepts, elections and application of new expected credit loss impairment model • Presentation and disclosure requirements and examples of such disclosures • New hedge accounting model and how to identify certain derivative and embedded derivatives

COURSE LEADER: ALLAN W. FOERSTER, CPA, CA

IFRS 15 – Revenue Recognition Live Broadcast 1

Date: September 20, 2019 Code: LB1916

Time: 6:30 am to 3:00 pm Registration Deadline: September 13, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The seminar provides participants with a practical understanding of the new five-step revenue recognition framework under Part I – International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and how to apply it. The seminar will disclosure and presentation requirements, application guidance on various topics, transitional requirements, and key judgments in applying the standard.

The 5-step model framework includes: Step 1: identify the contract with the customer Step 2: identify the performance obligations Step 3: determine the transaction price Step 4: allocate the transaction price Step 5: recognize revenue, including how and when

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals who are responsible for revenue recognition and the accounting and/or auditing thereof.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Understand the core principles and concepts, scoping and transitional requirements • Apply the 5-step model, including the specific criteria, provisions and exemptions governing each step in the model • Identify and apply presentation and disclosure requirements, including understanding key changes and practice challenges • Recognize and observe examples of other application guidance in the standard

PREREQUISITE: Pre-read IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, contained in the CPA Handbook – Accounting Part I.

COURSE LEADER: MARY MASSARELLA, CPA, CA

IFRS 16 – Leases Live Broadcast 1

Date: November 1, 2019 Code: LB1924

Time: 6:30 am to 3:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 25, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The new lease standard under Part I – International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 16 will be effective for annual fiscal periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The impact will be significant for all companies that currently have operating leases. The seminar provides an in-depth review of the new standard, including the objective and scope of the standard, defined terms, exemptions, its effective date and transitional requirements. The entire standard will be covered however more emphasis is on the areas of change which focus on lessee accounting.

The starting point will be identifying a lease and separating components of a contract between the lessee and lessor. The lessee coverage will include the principles of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure. The likely costs and benefits of the new standard on the lessee will be discussed and the impact on a company’s financial statements and ratios. The lessor coverage will include the classification of leases as finance or operating and disclosure and subleases. In addition, the topic of sale and leaseback transactions will be reviewed.

Participants will have the opportunity to review a number of illustrative examples and exercises. In addition, to help address transitional issues the topics related to leases from the IFRS Discussion group are reviewed.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners, financial analysts, and controllers responsible for lease accounting. In addition, it will be of interest for CPAs interested in understanding the implications of the new lease standard. Audit committee members may also find this to be a useful course.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Explain the requirements of the new lease standard IFRS 16 for both lessee and lessor • Review the likely costs and benefits of the new standard on the lessee and the impacts on the company’s financial statements and ratios • Explain the impact of transition and required note disclosure • Identify potential transitional issues.

COURSE LEADER: ELIZABETH J. FARRELL, FCPA, FCA

IFRS – Update 2019 Live Broadcast ½

Date: October 23, 2019 Code: LB1922

Time: 6:30am – 10:15 am Registration Deadline: October 16, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The seminar provides participants with a review of new and revised IFRS and an up-to-date snapshot of other projects being considered by IFRS standard setters. The content covers new and revised standards approved from July 2018 to June 2019. The topics addressed by the IFRS Discussion Group during the year will be identified with more in-depth coverage of specific items. Topics addressed where the IFRS Interpretations Committee determined improvements or clarifications were not considered necessary will be identified so participants can obtain a better understanding of the standards, including the impact of this information on judgments being made. Recent publications by the regulators are referenced so that participants are aware of and consider the implications of regulator communications.

The course updates the participants knowledge of changes to IFRS and non-authoritative guidance that has been issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee and the IFRS Discussion Group during the year. Minimal changes to IFRS are expected in the current year. Awareness of these changes and knowledge of topics discussed with respect to the application of IFRS are essential to those applying IFRS. Examples, as included in the discussions, will be used to demonstrate the topics. Notices issued by the regulators will be referenced.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners, preparers and readers of financial statements using IFRS who want to be informed of the recent developments in IFRS standards, including CFOs and VPs, directors, senior managers, controllers and other financial reporting staff, auditors, and audit committee members.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: • Changes to IFRS during the previous year • Projects in process at the IASB • Topics discussed by the IFRS Interpretations Committee and the IFRS Discussion Group with explanations of selected topics • Publications issued by the regulators during the year

PREREQUISITE: Participants are expected to have an understanding of current IFRS prior to attending this course.

COURSE LEADER: Shari Mann, CPA, CA

Income Tax – Portfolio Investments Live Broadcast ½

Date: September 24, 2019 Code: LB1917

Time: 11:30 am – 3:15 pm Registration Deadline: September 17, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5

Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: Accountants are continually challenged by the creativity in the design and marketing of investment products and strategies. With the introduction of new products, questions often arise regarding the taxation of the income component. This half-day seminar will explain the application of income taxation to various investment products to assist in the preparation of personal and corporate income tax filings, the analysis of owning portfolio investments personally vs. corporately, and introduce the participant to after tax comparisons of alternative investment strategies.

In addition, with the 2018 Federal Budget introducing details on the taxation of corporate owned passive investments, the seminar will look at the proposals in detail, including a review of the impact on the ability of a corporation to claim the small business deduction and the two pools of refundable dividend tax on hand (RDTOH).

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Practitioners, investors and other advisors who would like to further understand the passive income proposals and to enhance their knowledge of the taxation of income from portfolio investments.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Understand the implications of the passive income proposals on the small business deduction • Understand how the two pools of RDTOH will operate, and the impact on integration • Calculate the income for income tax purposes from portfolio investments • Compare the taxation of various investment products and determine how that taxation affects the after-tax return • Advise clients on the income tax implications of diverse portfolio investment products

PREREQUISITE: Participants should have familiarity with the existing tax rules in the Income Tax Act

COURSE LEADER: SUSAN COX, CPA, CA

Income Tax – Starting Up a Business Live Broadcast ½

Date: September 13, 2019 Code: LB1915

Time: 11:30 am – 3:15 pm Registration Deadline: September 6, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5

Competency: Taxation Level: Introductory

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: Common traps and planning opportunities when starting a business will be discussed. Starting with an overview of forms of business, including pros and cons of each, the seminar will present structuring decisions for tax efficiency and to preserve access to losses. Planning opportunities in the start-up phase and employee issues will also be addressed.

This seminar is primarily focused on private companies. It does not touch on provincial-specific regulations or non-tax issues that are relevant to private companies (workers compensation rules, specific registration requirements, etc.).

WHO WILL BENEFIT: General practitioners who are involved in advising clients that are starting new businesses. Particular focus will be placed on fairly straightforward private company situations.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Particpants will learn about: • Proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations • Structuring for tax efficiency • Structuring for investors • Structuring decisions to preserve access to losses • Planning opportunities • Employee issues

COURSE LEADER: ALEX GARBER, CPA, CA, MTax

Income Tax – Update 2019 Live Broadcast 1

Date: November 6, 2019 Code: LB1926

Time: 7:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 30, 2019

Date: December 14, 2019 Code: LB19261

Time: 7:30 am – 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: December 7, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7

Competency: Taxation Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: Providing a detailed summary of tax law changes in the past year, the seminar examines current changes and relevant issues in taxation that affect individuals and most businesses in the private sector. Learn how the current levels of personal and corporate tax rates affect and possibly change accepted tax planning techniques. A review of the current integration of personal and corporate tax rates is provided. The proposals from the Federal Budget, as well as other sources of information from the Department of Finance and the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), including news releases, draft legislation, CRA technical interpretations and tax cases, are discussed together with other particular subjects of current relevance and interest. Course coverage will be largely restricted to changes in the last year.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Anyone who needs current information to advise clients, deals with the CRA, and wants to update their existing knowledge of income tax issues to incorporate developments in the past year. As the course focuses only on recent developments, it is best suited for members who take the course annually. Those interested in an update of more than one year consider taking Income Tax – Five Years of Development.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Provide relevant, current tax advice to clients • Prepare personal and corporate tax returns with knowledge of recent developments • Complete tax planning arrangements/positions taking into account current issues • Be confident that they are “up-to-date” with their tax knowledge

PREREQUISITE KNOWLEDGE: At least three years in public practice or industry tax experience.

COURSE LEADER: Warren Trickey, BComm., CPA, CA, TEP (November 6, 2019)

COURSE LEADER: ALEX GARBER, CPA, CA, Mtax (December 14, 2019)

Internal Controls – Industry Sector Live Broadcast 1

Date: November 27, 2019 Code: LB1932

Time: 7:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 20, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Ethics – 1 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Level: Intermediate Performance and Risk Management CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The seminar provides an overview of the main concepts of internal control and its components focusing on COSO Model. It will also outline some of the potential deficiencies in internal control in a small to medium sized company and potential implementation of controls to reduce the main risks associated with organizations processes. Participants will learn how to identify potential control risks and look at potential solutions through examples and discussion. The effect that technology has had on internal controls in a small to medium sized companies will also be reviewed. Finally, the seminar will provide an overview on how to monitor whether the internal controls in your organization are effective.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: CPAs in industry with a moderate level knowledge of internal controls and the COSO framework.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Recognize the relevant concepts of the COSO framework and how it relates to your company • Identify key controls to address some of the main risks in each component of the framework • Identify the importance of addressing segregation of duties, management override and potential for fraud • Understand the effect that technology may have the development of strong controls and how technology can be used to promote effective internal controls in a small to medium sized company • Understand the importance of documentation and monitoring of internal controls • Develop an action plan for improvement in internal controls including addressing the importance of internal controls throughout the organization

COURSE LEADER: Philip Maguire, CPA, CA

Personal Tax – Compliance & Planning in T1 Preparation Live Broadcast 1

Date: November 26, 2019 Code: LB1931

Time: 7:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: November 19, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7

Competency: Taxation Level: Introductory

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The full-day seminar provides participants with a broad overview of income tax issues which can impact taxpayers filing their personal tax returns. It provides a comprehensive review of income tax compliance and planning issues relevant to the preparation of Canadian personal income tax returns. The seminar materials provide greater depth of discussion, particularly in more complex areas or areas less frequently encountered in practice, and are intended as an ongoing reference source for participants.

The course does not address the completion of the tax return forms themselves, as the forms regularly change, and as tax returns are generally prepared in computer software, and not with manual forms.

The course addresses a wide variety of technical and practical issues to better prepare the participant to prepare and/or review personal income tax returns. Participants will gain an overall understanding of tax compliance issues, enhancing their ability to prepare complete and accurate tax returns, and to identify and address planning opportunities which arise in the preparation of personal income tax returns.

Tax planning matters are limited to those which can be implemented in the course of preparing the tax returns, and not broader tax planning which is undertaken on a more proactive basis. Participants wishing a more detailed review of personal tax planning issues may wish to consider attending the Personal Tax – Review of Tax Planning course, or courses focused on specific tax planning issues of interest

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals who want a refresher on personal tax preparation matters, those who have been away from personal taxes for some time and want an understanding of the issues which may arise in personal tax return preparation; or professionals seeking to build on their foundational (pre- certification) knowledge of personal tax issues.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Identify and evaluate issues impacting personal income tax filings • Analyze income tax issues for appropriate personal tax reporting • Assess tax planning alternatives arising in the course of preparing personal income tax returns

PREREQUISITE: Some experience with personal tax preparation would be beneficial, but not essential.

COURSE LEADER: MARGARET RIGGIN, CPA, CA

PSAS – Review of the Standards Live Broadcast 1

Date: November 5, 2019 Code: LB1925

Time: 7:30 am to 4:00 pm Registration Deadline: October 29, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7 Licensing – 7

Competency: Financial Reporting Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $375 Non-member: $450

OBJECTIVE: The course focuses on general PSAS concepts, the structure of the PSA Handbook, and how and why PSAS standards differ from ASPE and IFRS. The course is lecture style but presented in modules that group relevant concepts together. All modules are structured with enough time for interactive questions and discussion. Most modules will contain a few group questions or mini-case studies to allow for some hands-on learning.

The key concepts in PSAS are compared to those in ASPE or IFRS so that the participant can compare and contrast to standards that they have some familiarity with.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Accountants new to roles (or considering roles) at local/provincial or federal governments or their related crown corporations and agencies.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will: • Have a working knowledge of the PSA Handbook and underlying framework • Appreciate why and how PSAS differ from ASPE and IFRS • Learn key requirements of the most important PSAS standards • Be able to articulate reporting concepts under PSAS and the importance of balancing public interest with practicality.

PREREQUISITE: Working knowledge of ASPE and /or IFRS

COURSE LEADER: MELANIE JOSEPH, CPA, CA

Review Engagements – File Review Live Broadcast ½

Date: December 17, 2019 Code: LB1935

Time: 7:30 am – 11:15 am Registration Deadline: December 10, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Licensing 3.5

Competency Assurance Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this training activity is to assist audit managers, supervisors and quality control staff to effectively and efficiently review engagement files prepared under review standards. Using practical cases, it will develop skills to ensure that the file and financial statements are in accordance with standards in CSRE 2400 and ASPE.

The course focuses on review techniques that will help ensure an efficient and effective review of working papers for review engagements. Participants will be able to understand the relationship between the review process and the requirements for engagement file reviews under CSRE 2400, including specific new requirements of CSRE 2400 that should be considered. All specific file review roles discussed in CSQC #1 will be covered. Exercises that will review some common problems that reviewers may encounter will be included.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Experienced professionals interested in improving their review skills will benefit from attending this seminar.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will have a stronger understanding of: • The relationship between the review process and the requirements for file reviews under the CSRE 2400 • The review roles discussed in CSQC #1 • Steps performed to ensure an efficient and effective review • Identifying file review problem areas through the use of examples • What should be considered when reviewing a file • How to address queries • Developing strategies to ensure preparers incorporate file efficiencies identified during the review process in future files

COURSE LEADER: CHI HO NG, CPA, CA, MBA

Review Engagements – Review of the Standard Live Broadcast ½

Date: October 15, 2019 Code: LB1920

Time: 11:30 am – 3:15 pm Registration Deadline: October 8, 2019

Location: Live Broadcast Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3.5 Licensing – 3.5

Competency: Assurance Level: Introductory

CPA Member: $225 Non-member: $275

OBJECTIVE: The seminar is designed to provide an in-depth review of the application of the new Canadian Standard on Review Engagements (CSRE) 2400, Engagements to Review Historical Financial Statements, which is effective for periods ending on or after December 14, 2017. Each stage of the review engagement will be considered, from planning to issuance of the practitioner’s report, including a detailed examination of changes relative to the former standards. Practical tools will be used to illustrate examples of documentation, included some insight into the updated Canadian Professional Engagement Manual guidance for review engagements.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professional accountants in public practice who will be issuing reports under the new review engagement standard, CSRE 2400.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of this course, participants will be able to: • Apply CSRE 2400 standards to review engagements • Identify the stages of the review engagement process • Describe the procedures to be performed in a review engagement • Create adequate documentation in the review engagement file

COURSE LEADER: CHI HO NG, CPA, CA, MBA

VIDEO ON-DEMAND (Formerly Self-Study)

All courses previously offered in a self-study format will be repurposed this fall in a Video On-Demand format. In addition to watching a qualified CPA instructor teach the course, you will have access to the same course material that is provided to attendees of an in-person session. Registration will open later this fall. Once registered, you will have access to the courses for a minimum of two months and be able to access and watch the courses at any time and from anywhere that you have internet access.

Should you wish to register in the 2018-19 Self-Study version of the course, contact Rhonda Day by email or phone at 306.337.2836. These versions will be available until December 31, 2019.

All courses will be passport eligible as per the table below.

COURSE PASSPORT ESTIMATED CPD ASPE – Review of the Standards 2 Days Total – 14 Licensing 14 Auditing – Review of the Standards 2 Days Total – 14 Licensing 14 IFRS – Review of the Standards 2 Days Total – 14 Licensing 14 NFPO – Review of the Standards 1 Day Total – 7 Licensing 7 Corporate Tax – Review of Tax Planning 2 Days Total – 14 Personal Tax – Review of Tax Planning 2 Days Total – 14

INDIVIDUAL COURSE PRICING:

COURSE LENGTH MEMBER NON-MEMBER 1 Day Course $220 $275 2 Day Course $440 $550

CPD INFORMATION: CPD hours are suggested reportable hours. Document the actual time and dates spent on the course and report in your CPD Reporting Tool. CPA does not enter the hours on your behalf.

Members must also print the certificate of completion available in the LMS prior to the end date of the course. Instructions on entering your name to appear on the certificate are provided in the LMS.

K2E CANADA INC. WEBINARS

CODE TITLE DATE WE1906 Excel Best Practices Sept. 6/19

WE1907 Securing Your Data Sept. 27/19

WE1908 Budgeting and Forecasting Tools and Techniques Oct 2/19

WE1909 Cloud Computing Oct 7/19

WE1910 Excel Tips Tricks and Techniques for Accountants Oct 24/19

WE1911 Excel Data Magic: Advanced PivotTables & Power Pivot Oct 30/19

WE1912 Advanced Excel Nov 12/19

WE1913 Business Intelligence: Featuring Microsoft’s Power BI Tools Nov 20/19

WE1914 Microsoft Office 365 All the Things You Need to Know Dec 3/19

WE1915 Excel Best Practices Dec 11/19

WE1916 Technology Update Dec 17/19

CPD INFORMATION: CPD hours are suggested reportable hours. Report the actual time spent in your CPD reporting tool. CPA does not enter the hours on your behalf.

Webinars are not PD passport eligible. Pricing is equivalent across Canada.

Your name and email address is provided to K2E for registration purposes only.

Frequently Asked Questions:

What happens after I register for online training? Upon completing the registration process, you will receive an email from K2E confirming your registration along with instructions on how to join your training session. You will also receive follow-up confirmation emails one week in advance of your training, one day in advance of your training, and one hour in advance of your training.

Can I Substitute Another Person into A Training Session for Which I Am Scheduled? CPD credit will be awarded to the person who registered for the webinar. If you find that you are unable to attend, and you would like to substitute someone else on your behalf, you can do so, but that person will not receive CPD credit. For a different participant to receive credit, you should cancel your registration, and the person who will be attending should register on his/her own behalf. The cancellation policy is outlined on the PD Policies page at the beginning of the calendar.

How Do I Connect To My Online Training Session? After you register for an event, you will receive a course confirmation email. Follow the steps outlined in the email to join the online training session. K2E uses different hosting providers so please read the confirmation email directions.

How Early May I Login To My Online Training Session? You may login to your online training session up to thirty minutes in advance of the start time.

How Do I Hear The Audio Portion Of My Online Training? The audio is played directly on your device.

K2E CANADA INC. WEBINAR FAQs (Continued)

Will I Receive A Handout or A Book For My Training Event? Yes, K2E will provide you with an electronic copy of the course materials prior to the event. To access these materials, complete the steps outlined in the confirmation email you received for the course.

If I Register for An Event, Can I Later Cancel That Registration? Yes, you can cancel your registration. The cancellation policy is outlined on the PD Policies page at the beginning of the calendar.

What Training Platform Do You Use to Deliver Your Web-Based Training? K2E uses two platforms to provide web-based training. The primary one is the Education Foundation and the second one is GoToTraining. These solutions work with virtually all computers and provide exceptional learning environment for online training participants.

Can I Participate in An Online Training Session Using My iPad or Android-powered Tablet? The first time attending an online training session you should use the link in the confirmation email to test the device you plan to use to attend the session.

For sessions using the Education Foundation platform you can attend with any device using your web browser. For best results we recommend using either Chrome, Firefox, Safari, or Edge.

For sessions using the GoToTraining platform download the GoToTraining app from the respective app store. Then, use the app to connect to the webinar.

How Can I Determine If My Computer Will Work with Your Training Platform? Prior to participating in an online training event, you can test your computer to ensure that you will not have any difficulties connecting to the session. To do so, use the link provided in the confirmation email. WE STRONGLY RECOMMEND YOU TEST YOUR SYSTEM BEFORE LOGGING IN TO YOUR ONLINE TRAINING SESSION.

Can I Ask Questions During One Of Your On-Line Training Events? Yes, you can ask questions of your instructor during a K2E online training event. While participating in an Education Foundation event, you will see an Ask the Instructor tab located at the top of the screen. Simply type your question in and the instructor will get back to you within 24 hours. While participating in a GoToTraining event you will see a “Q & A” pane on your screen. Simply type your question into the Q & A pane and your instructor will answer it during the session. Only the instructor will be able to see your question.

Will I Receive A Completion Certificate Upon Completing An Online Training Course? Certificates of completion for an Education Foundation session are available under the CPD Tracker section of your online account at https://www.calcpa.org/my-account/my-profile/cpe-tracker. For GoToTraining sessions within twenty four hours after you complete the online event, you will receive an email message containing your course completion certificate. You should retain that message as it serves as your course completion certificate.

Do I Have to Pass A Test To Complete One Of Your Online Training Courses And Earn CPD Credit? No testing is required to complete a K2E online training course and earn CPD credit. However, at intervals during the presentation, you will need to respond to either attendance checks or polling questions to confirm your attendance and active participation in the event. A minimum of three attendance checks or polling questions will be presented for each recommended CPD credit hour. You must answer at least 75% of these questions to receive full CPD credit for the program.

Who Should I Contact If I Have Issues Connecting to the Session Please login to the online training session at least 20 minutes before it begins. For Education Foundation sessions if you have any issues please contact support at 800-922-5272. For GoToTraining sessions please contact support at 888-542-9390.

Advanced Excel Live Webinar

Date: November 12, 2019 Code: WE1912

Time: 7:00 am – 2:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 5, 2019

Location: On-Line (K2E Canada Inc.) Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 8

Competency: Information Technology Level: Advanced

CPA Member: $199 Non Member: $199

OBJECTIVE: If you are an experienced Excel user seeking to elevate your skills, join the K2 team for K2’s Advanced Excel. In this laptop-friendly program, you will learn critical advanced Excel skills in six key areas:

1) collaborating with other users and securing workbooks 2) using tables to analyze and report data 3) integrating and manipulating data from external sources 4) creating and auditing complex formulas 5) advanced data analysis tools 6) visualization techniques to analyze and communicate information.

The content of the course draws from over twenty-five years of experience in delivering Excel training to accountants and other business professionals and throughout the program, relevant, real-world examples reinforce the major topics presented. You do not want to miss this opportunity to become more efficient and proficient in Microsoft Office Excel, the accounting and financial professional’s tool of choice. This course covers advanced Excel topics found in Excel 2010 through Excel 2016.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Business professionals who work with Excel 2010 or newer and want to extend their knowledge with advanced features and functions. The program focuses on Excel for Windows, but many of the features can be found in Excel for Mac.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing this course, you should be able to: • Identify and implement the best techniques to secure sensitive information in Excel workbooks and collaborate with other users to improve accuracy and efficiency • Create tables and take advantage of their advanced features, such as dynamic data ranges, structured reference formulas, and the ability to relate multiple tables together into a Data Model • Import and link data into Excel from external sources – including text, Access, and SQL Server – and use advanced tools, such as Power Query and various cleanup tools to manipulate the data to meet specific needs • Use advanced functions, such as SUMPRODUCT, VLOOKUP, HLOOKUP, MATCH, INDEX, NETWORKDAYS, RAND, RANDBETWEEN, NPV, IRR, XNPV, and XIRR to create and audit complex formulas • Analyze worksheet data using techniques such as Data Tables, Subtotals, Slicers, Filters, and PivotTables • Describe techniques used to create, manipulate, and customize charts for analyzing and communicating information

PREREQUISITES: Experienced Excel user

COURSE LEADER: K2E

Budgeting and Forecasting Tools and Techniques Live Webinar

Date: October 2, 2019 Code: WE1908

Time: 7:00 am – 2:30 pm Registration Deadline: September 25, 2019

Location: On-Line (K2E Canada Inc.) Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 8

Competency: Information Technology Level: Advanced

CPA Member: $199 Non Member: $199

OBJECTIVE: Are your budgeting and forecasting processes working as well for you as they should? Probably not, as many organizations report that budgeting and forecasting activities consume tremendous amounts of time and yield only marginal benefits. In this course, you will learn how to achieve a greater return on your budgeting and forecasting activities by taking advantage of various tools and techniques available in today’s market.

In addition to learning about how to utilize Excel more effectively for budgeting and forecasting activities, you will also learn about other tools, such as Budget Maestro, PROPHIX, and Host Analytics, and how reducing your dependency on Excel can lead to better results. Additionally, you will learn how to account for risk and uncertainty in your budgeting and forecasting models and why doing so is a best practice for more meaningful budgets and forecasts. If you are involved in budgeting and forecasting activities, you will not want to miss this opportunity to learn how to reduce the amount of time you spend on these tasks, while simultaneously increasing their value.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Business professionals involved in budgeting and forecasting activities. To the extent that Excel is used in the program, the focus is on Excel for Windows; however, many of the Excel features discussed are also available in Excel for Mac.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing this course, you should be able to: • Utilize processes for obtaining budget data and collaborating with others when using Excel including Shared and Merged Workbooks, Excel’s Audit Trail, controlling and validating data input, and collaborating with others • Apply various Excel techniques for interacting with the accounting system, such as Office Data Connections, Open Database Connectivity, importing text files, and linking Internet- based data into budgeting and forecasting models • Identify situations in which various Excel techniques are appropriately implemented, such as using Data Tables for sensitivity analysis, working with Excel’s Goal Seek feature, using Solver to maximize scarce resources, working with Scenario Manager, forecasting with Regression Analysis, and analyzing risk with Monte Carlo simulations • Implement various Excel functions – including NPV, IRR, XNPV, and XIRR – in capital budgeting situations, and identify the various methods by which Excel computes depreciation • Compare and contrast Excel with other applications used for budgeting and forecasting activities and describe situations in which other solutions should be used to reduce the dependency on Excel as a budgeting and forecasting solution

PREREQUISITES: Fundamental knowledge of Microsoft Office Excel 2010 or newer

COURSE LEADER: K2E

Business Intelligence – Featuring Microsoft’s BI Tools Live Webinar

Date: November 20, 2019 Code: WE1913

Time: 7:00 am – 2:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 13, 2019

Location: On-Line (K2E Canada Inc.) Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 8

Competency: Information Technology Level: Advanced

CPA Member: $199 Non Member: $199

OBJECTIVE: In today’s business climate, Business Intelligence (BI) is perhaps the hottest topic in most professional circles. Increasingly, organizations of all sizes are seeking to take advantage of the data that is available to them to identify previously undiscovered insights and gain competitive advantages thought to be out-of-reach just a few short years ago. A growing array of tools – ranging from Excel add-ins to dedicated solutions such as Power BI – now allow you to leverage your existing knowledge and skills to create powerful, interactive dashboards and analyses unthinkable until recently.

In the program, you will learn how to implement “do it yourself business intelligence” using a variety of techniques and tools. You will learn how to work with some of the advanced data query and summarization features in Excel to create Excel-based dashboards and then you will learn how to leverage that knowledge to build even more powerful BI objects using Microsoft’s Power BI tools. If gaining greater insights into your data to make better decisions is of interest to you, then join us for a fast-paced look at how you can take advantage of these fantastic tools.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Business professionals seeking to develop and implement BI solutions

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing this course, you should be able to: • Create Excel-based BI dashboards • List the potential shortcomings of BI solutions based wholly on Excel • Identify and implement various Excel add-ins that might useful in BI applications • Differentiate between the BI opportunities in Excel and Power BI • Create and distribute dashboards using Power BI

PREREQUISITES: Basic understanding of computer operations and terminology, including Microsoft Office Excel

COURSE LEADER: K2E

Cloud Computing Live Webinar

Date: October 7, 2019 Code: WE1909

Time: 7:00 am – 2:30 pm Registration Deadline: September 30, 2019

Location: On-Line (K2E Canada Inc.) Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 8

Competency: Information Technology Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $199 Non Member: $199

OBJECTIVE: The Future is Here!

“Cloud Computing.” You’ve heard the term, but what does it really mean and how does it impact you both personally and professionally? In this seminar, you will learn the fundamentals of Cloud computing, including what Cloud computing really is and what it is not. More importantly, you will learn necessary skills to determine if Cloud computing might be right for your organization or for your clients. Additionally, during the seminar you will learn how to migrate to Cloud-based solutions and how to avoid the major pitfalls along the way.

Throughout this program, leading solutions from organizations such as Microsoft, Google, Zoho, Thomson Reuters, CCH, Intuit, Accumatica, Sage, Salesforce.com, Wave, XCM Solutions, Bill.com, Amazon, Canopy Tax, AccountantsWorld, Xero, and many others will be reviewed to help you understand the opportunities that exist today to move your organization forward and begin increasing the return on your investment in technology. A special focus of this seminar is the impact that Cloud computing has on the accounting profession, regardless of whether you work in public accounting, industry, or for governmental, educational, or not-for-profit institutions. Don’t miss this chance to learn about Cloud computing and the potential for you to improve information services within your organization while improving efficiency and driving down costs!

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Accountants and other business professionals who want to learn more about the potential benefits and risks associated with Cloud computing

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing this course, you should be able to: • Define “Cloud computing” and distinguish between various Cloud computing services • Determine if Cloud computing is right for your organization • Identify the major Cloud computing vendors and the key solutions provided by each of these vendors • Create a road map for selecting a Cloud-based solution and migrating to it • Recognize the potential pitfalls associated with Cloud-based solutions – such as security and data availability – and identifying means of avoiding these hazards • Establish an appropriate strategy for storing data in the Cloud

PREREQUISITES: Fundamental knowledge of computer operations

COURSE LEADER: K2E

Excel Best Practices Live Webinar

Date: September 6, 2019 Code: WE1906

Time: 7:00 am – 2:30 pm Registration Deadline: August 30, 2019

Date: December 11, 2019 Code: WE1915

Time: 7:00 am – 2:30 pm Registration Deadline: December 4, 2019

Location: On-Line (K2E Canada Inc.) Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 8

Competency: Information Technology Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $199 Non Member: $199

OBJECTIVE: As spreadsheets continue to evolve, so too must your practices for creating, editing, and auditing them. In this program, you will gain an in-depth understanding of the best ways to work with Excel by learning best practices associated with Excel spreadsheets in each of the following areas: creating and editing Excel workbooks, securing Excel workbooks, collaborating with others in Excel, and reporting on data contained in Excel.

Today’s best practices for Excel differ significantly from those used in the past and you will learn the best ways to work with Excel spreadsheets in this “must see” CPE program. Course materials include relevant examples to enhance your learning experience. Participate in this program to help ensure that you utilize Excel to its fullest potential.

This course covers features found in Excel versions 2010 and newer.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Excel users who want to learn best practices for working with spreadsheets. The program focuses on Excel for Windows, but many of the features can be found in Excel for Mac.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing this course, you should be able to: • List critical spreadsheet design fundamentals • Identify techniques used to minimize data input errors • Utilize Excel’s Table feature as a foundational component of spreadsheets • Identify and implement three different techniques for consolidating data • Utilize various Excel features, such as Go To Special to solve specific spreadsheet issues • List and apply four techniques for sharing an Excel workbook and collaborating with others • Implement various techniques for auditing and error-checking Excel workbooks, including Trace Precedents, Trace Dependents, and Formula Auditing • Identify the advantages of working with Defined Names in Excel • List and apply six techniques for securing Excel data

PREREQUISITE: Fundamental knowledge of Microsoft Office Excel 2010 or newer

COURSE LEADER: K2E

Excel Data Magic, Advanced PivotTables and Power Pivot Live Webinar

Date: October 30, 2019 Code: WE1911

Time: 7:00 am – 2:30 pm Registration Deadline: October 23, 2019

Location: On-Line (K2E Canada Inc.) Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 8

Competency: Information Technology Level: Advanced

CPA Member: $199 Non Member: $199

OBJECTIVE: Leave those manual reporting processes behind and move into the new world of automatically linking data into Excel for analyzing, reporting, and preparing visualizations. Using tools such as Power Query and Power Pivot, you can leverage your existing knowledge of PivotTables to do even more when it comes to summarizing, analyzing, and reporting potentially very large volumes of data.

In this program, you will learn how to use automated data queries to link data from external databases into Excel and then transform this data into Data Models. From there, you will learn how to use Power Pivot and CUBE formulas to streamline the process of summarizing and reporting this data. You will also learn how to take advantage of advanced features such as Data Analysis Expressions, Key Performance Indicators, Hierarchies, and Dimensions to streamline your reporting processes. Further, you will learn how to create compelling visualizations of this summarized data to help your readers understand the true meaning behind the numbers. If you currently use PivotTables on a regular basis and want to take advantage of the powerful advanced reporting features available in Excel, then sign up today for this program.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Business professionals using the Windows-based premium editions of Excel 2013 and Excel 2016 who are seeking to extend their knowledge of Excel as a reporting tool

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing this course, you should be able to: • Construct and manage links from external data sources into Excel for the automatic acquisition of data • Define, build, and manage Data Models and build PivotTables from these objects • Create PivotTables using Power Pivot, including PivotTables that summarize data from multiple data sources • Utilize Data Analysis Expressions and other tools to add calculations to PivotTables • Add features such as Key Performance Indicators, Dimensions, and Hierarchies to Power Pivot-based PivotTables • Create compelling visualizations of the data in your Power Pivot-based PivotTables using PivotCharts and Power View

PREREQUISITES: Full understanding of intermediate to advanced PivotTables

NOTE: The program is taught at an advanced level; other, more fundamental coverage of PivotTables is offered in K2’s Excel PivotTables for Accountants seminar. Many of the concepts taught in this course depend upon access to Power Pivot, Power Query, and Power View, available only in the Windows-based premium editions of Excel 2013 and Excel 2016.

COURSE LEADER: K2E

Excel Tips Tricks and Techniques for Accountants Live Webinar

Date: October 24, 2019 Code: WE1910

Time: 7:00 am – 2:30 pm Registration Deadline: October 17, 2019

Location: On-Line (K2E Canada Inc.) Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 8

Competency: Information Technology Level: Advanced

CPA Member: $199 Non Member: $199

OBJECTIVE: Excel is the accountant's tool of choice for analyzing and reporting financial data, yet many use time-consuming and error-prone processes to complete everyday tasks. Regardless of your level of experience, if you use Excel, you need this course to learn more efficient and effective ways to work with Excel. In this course, you will learn countless tips, tricks, and techniques to improve your general level of productivity, reduce the amount of time you spend on mundane tasks, such as formatting, and customize Excel for greater accuracy and efficiency. You will also learn valuable formula-building skills, best practices for linking Excel data from other worksheets and workbooks, and how to streamline report generation and printing processes.

Throughout the program, your K2 instructor will reinforce key learning points with practical, real- world examples that will improve your understanding and comprehension of the topics presented. This highly acclaimed course draws on over twenty-five years of experience in delivering spreadsheet training to accounting and financial professionals, which assures you of the relevance and usefulness of the information and guidance provided during the program.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Accounting and financial professionals who want to learn how to use Excel more efficiently and effectively. The program focuses on Excel for Windows, but many of the features can be found in Excel for Mac.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing this course, you should be able to: • Identify situations in which various Excel features can increase productivity and apply each of these techniques in context, such as Freeze Panes, Split Windows, selecting cells with special characteristics, AutoCorrect, the Office Clipboard, and Paste Special • Implement tools and techniques for formatting data in Excel, including multiline column headings, the Accounting Format, custom date and number formats, and Conditional Formatting • Customize Excel’s user environment, including the Ribbon and the Quick Access Toolbar, adjust Excel’s Options to improve efficiency, and create and use Templates to increase efficiency and productivity • Utilize various formula building tools to create formulas more efficiently and create various types of formulas, including formulas, to manipulate text and dates, formulas containing VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP functions, formulas that contain conditional calculations, and formulas that contain circular references • Link data across multiple Excel worksheets and workbooks, update and manage links, and create sum-through formulas and rolling reports • Implement procedures for producing Excel-based reports, including adjusting print settings, using the Camera feature to create report forms, and working with Custom Views to automate print settings

PREREQUISITES: Fundamental knowledge of Microsoft Office Excel 2010 or newer

COURSE LEADER: K2E

Microsoft Office 365 All the Things You Need to Know Live Webinar

Date: December 3, 2019 Code: WE1914

Time: 7:00 am – 2:30 pm Registration Deadline: November 26, 2019

Location: On-Line (K2E Canada Inc.) Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 8

Competency: Information Technology Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $199 Non Member: $199

OBJECTIVE: Microsoft Office 365 continues to grow and evolve, yet most subscribers are utilizing only a fraction of the tools available in their subscription. Powerful resources such as SharePoint Online and Skype for Business can change how your entire organization communicates and collaborates, while more personal apps such as Teams, Planner, Flow, and Sway allow individuals to work more efficiently and effectively in virtually all facets of their jobs. Further, security enhancements to Office 365 means that your organization can take advantage of all these features in a highly secure environment.

Sure, Office 365 provides access to familiar applications, such as Excel, Word, and Outlook, but isn’t it time you learned how to move beyond these tools and unleash all the power your subscription has to offer? For example, wouldn’t you like to learn how you can collaborate with other users in real- time on Excel spreadsheets, Word documents, and even PowerPoint presentations. If you are interested in making the most of your Office 365 investment, make plans to join us in this fast-paced and highly interactive seminar where you will learn the things you need to know to be truly successful with Office 365.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Accounting and business professionals seeking to maximize their return on investment in Office 365

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing this course, you should be able to: • Implement tools and techniques for securing your Office 365 implementations • List key apps that can improve collaboration and productivity • Identify opportunities to utilize SharePoint Online to improve team efficiency • Utilize apps such as Teams and Skype for Business to communicate more effectively with others

PREREQUISITE: Fundamental knowledge of Computer Operations

COURSE LEADER: K2E

Securing Your Data Live Webinar

Date: September 27, 2019 Code: WE1907

Time: 7:00 am –10:30 am Registration Deadline: September 20, 2019

Location: On-Line (K2E Canada Inc.) Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 4

Competency: Information Technology Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $129 Non Member: $129

OBJECTIVE: Security is not optional and yesterday’s security techniques are not working to minimize today’s security threats. Therefore, now is the time for you to tune up what you know about protecting sensitive data. In this program, you will learn about the latest tools and techniques for securing your data, including encryption, virus protection, secure communications, electronic signatures, secure authentication, and more. You will also learn how to implement a very practical, five-step approach to securing your PC and the types of questions you should be asking of your staff to ensure server- based information remains protected. Extensive demonstrations will be used by your K2 instructor to teach the techniques and concepts presented.

Security failures, such as a breach of client or customer data, are costly – they can even drive your company out of business. What are the security tools you need and how do you use them to secure your sensitive data and systems? Can you afford to take the risk of attempting to manage today’s threats by using yesterday’s techniques? Participate in this program to learn how you can implement viable and practical solutions to mitigating today’s security threats.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Business professionals seeking to secure sensitive data

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing this course, you should be able to: • Assess the relevant security risks in your organization • Identify specific tools and techniques to protect sensitive data • List five specific steps to improve PC security • Implement security procedures to improve organizational security

PREREQUISITE: Basic understanding of computer operations

COURSE LEADER: K2E

Technology Update Live Webinar

Date: December 17, 2019 Code: WE1916

Time: 11:00 am –2:30 pm Registration Deadline: December 10, 2019

Location: On-Line (K2E Canada Inc.) Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 4

Competency: Information Technology Level: Intermediate

CPA Member: $129 Non Member: $129

OBJECTIVE: Are you ready to learn about the latest trends in technology? Do you sometimes feel lost in the technology jungle? Would you like clear guidance regarding Windows, Office, the Cloud, security, and other technology-related issues? If you answered “yes” to any of these questions, then make plans now to invest four hours in this fast-paced and highly informative course that is sure to ramp up your return on technology investment.

The technology tools available to businesses have never been better, but many are not taking full advantage of these tools. This course helps professionals, at all levels, understand the major trends in hardware, software, and services and how to utilize these tools to meet organizational objectives both efficiently and effectively. More than just a course on the latest computers, you will learn about the full spectrum of practical technology available to you and your team and how to implement these tools for maximum impact.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Business professionals who are interested in how technology affects them and seek an update of relevant technology trends, tools, and techniques

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Upon completing this course, you should be able to: • List and describe key features of Windows 10 and identify situations where upgrading might be advantageous • Analyze developments in mobile technologies and develop an optimal mobile strategy • Identify security issues facing business professionals and list options for mitigating risk • List and describe key features of Office 2016 and determine an optimal time to upgrade • Identify major trends in hardware, including desktops, laptops, servers, tablets, storage, and printing • Develop strategies for successful Cloud implementations, including accounting and tax, document management, workflow, and data storage and synchronization applications • Define virtualization and identify how it potentially changes the technology infrastructure in your office

PREREQUISITE: Fundamental understanding of basic technology concepts

COURSE LEADER: K2E

CFI ON DEMAND COURSES

ESTIMATED CODE TITLE PRICE CPD HOURS CF1900 Advanced Excel Formulas $60 4 hours CF1901 Advanced Financial Modeling & Valuation $250 8 hours CF1902 Behavioral Finance Fundamentals $90 2 hours CF1903 Budgeting and Forecasting $180 5 hours CF1904 Building a Financial Model in Excel $250 4 hours CF1905 Business Valuation Modeling $180 5 hours CF1906 Corporate & Business Strategy $250 5 hours CF1907 Dashboards & Data Visualization $90 4 hours CF1908 Excel Modeling Fundamentals $180 4 hours CF1909 Financial Analysis Fundamentals $120 4 hours CF1910 Financial Modeling using VBA $180 3 hours CF1911 FP & A Monthly Cash Flow Forecast $180 4 hours CF1912 Leveraged Buyout LBO Modeling $250 7 hours CF1913 Math for Corporate Finance $60 3 hours CF1914 Mergers & Acquisition (M & A) Modeling $250 6 hours CF1915 Mining Financial Model & Valuation $250 5 hours CF1916 PowerPoint & Pitchbooks $180 4 hours CF1917 Real Estate Financial Modeling $250 6 hours CF1918 Sensitivity Analysis for Financial Modeling $90 3 hours CF1919 Start-up / e-Commerce Financial Model & Valuation $250 5 hours

CFI on-demand courses are designed for finance professionals and industry practitioners who want to master the art of corporate finance. The courses move through three levels of mastery for anyone looking to be an expert in financial modeling, valuation, and financial analysis. CFI clients typically include professionals in entry to mid-level positions in financial planning & analysis (FP&A), corporate development, treasury, investor relations, and capital markets.

By taking CFI courses, you will learn industry leading best practices from professional Wall Street trainers. The courses are extremely practical with step-by-step instructions to help you become a first class financial analyst. Participants will often be working along with CFI instructors on their own Excel file to learn everything from the bottom up. By the end of the intensive program, participants should expect to be performing industry leading corporate finance analysis.

On completion of the CFI courses, CFI will issue a certificate to demonstrate the additional training taken in a particular area of specialization. CFI currently offers certification in corporate finance, financial modeling, business valuation and financial planning and analysis. Retain the certificate as supporting documentation for CPD audit purposes.

After registering for a CFI On Demand Course, CPA Saskatchewan will send you information on how to access the course.

CPD INFORMATION: CPD hours are suggested reportable hours. Document and report the actual time spent in your CPD reporting tool. CPA does not enter the hours on your behalf.

CFI On Demand Courses are NOT PD passport eligible. Pricing is equivalent across Canada.

Advanced Excel Formulas On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1900

Competency: Information Technology Course Level: Advanced

Price: $60 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 2

OBJECTIVE: Participants will learn the most advanced formulas, functions and types of financial analysis to be an Excel power user. The course builds on CFI’s free Excel Crash Course. The course starts with a blank spreadsheet and quickly dives into using combinations of functions and formulas to perform dynamic analysis. Participants may pause and replay the instructor building all the formulas and functions on screen until they have mastered the exercises.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Spreadsheet users who are already proficient and looking to take their skills to an advanced level.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will learn to how to use the Excel formulas, functions and data analysis tools listed below: Formulas and Functions

1. INDEX and MATCH 2. IF with AND / OR 3. OFFSET combined with other functions 4. CHOOSE for creating scenarios 5. INDIRECT combined with other functions 6. XNPV and XIRR 7. CELL, COUNTA and MID functions combined together 8. PMT, IPMT and principal payment calculations

Data Analysis: 1. Data tables 2. Pivot tables 3. Column and line charts 4. Stacked column charts 5. Waterfall charts 6. Gauge charts

Advanced Financial Modeling & Valuation (Amazon Case) On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1901

Competency: Finance Course Level: Advanced

Price: $250 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 8

OBJECTIVE: • This advanced financial modeling course has several objectives including: • Calculate Amazon's Total Addressable Market (TAM) for each business segment, and determine the market share in each • Use Amazon's actual financial statements (annual report, 10-k, 10-q, etc) to build a historical 3- statement model • Learn how to structure an advanced valuation model in the most efficient way • Set up all the assumptions and drivers required to build out the DCF model • Create a 10-year forecast for Amazon's business, including an income statement, balance sheet, cash flow statement, supporting schedules, and free cash flow to the firm (FCFF) • Learn how to deal with advanced topics like segmented revenue, stock-based compensation, capital leases, and more • Perform advanced comparable company analysis (Comps) using Capital IQ and Pitchbook Data • Perform a Sum-Of-The-Parts (SOTP) valuation of Amazon • Generate multiple operating scenarios to explore a range of outcomes and values for the business • Perform sensitivity analysis on key assumptions and assess the overall impact of the transaction

WHO WILL BENEFIT: This course is designed for professionals working in investment banking, corporate development, private equity, and other areas of corporate finance that deal with valuing companies and performing advanced methods of valuation.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: This course is built on a case study of Amazon, where students are tasked with building a financial modeling and performing comparable company analysis to value AMZN shares.

Through the course of the transaction, students will learn: • How equity research analysts value the company (including looking at an actual report from Morningstar) • How to find comparable companies in Capital IQ and PitchBook Data, as well as how to export their financial information • How to handle advanced accounting topics like capital leases (treated as debt) and stock-based compensation (a non-cash expense that's dilutive) • How to create a dashboard and summary output that highlights the most important information from the model

Behavioral Finance Fundamentals On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1902

Competency: Finance Course Level: Intermediate

Price: $90 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 2

OBJECTIVE: Behavioral finance is the study of the influence of psychology on the behavior of financial practitioners. In the course, participants learn about the wide range of decision-making biases and information processing errors that influence our financial decision making.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Finance professionals and industry practitioners who want to master the art of corporate finance. Participants typically include professionals in entry to mid-level positions in financial planning & analysis (FP&A), corporate development, treasury, investor relations, and capital markets.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of behavioural finance through three modules:

MODULE 1 - DECISION MAKING BIASES AND ERRORS • Overview of decision making biases and errors • Reflective versus reflexive decision making • The impact of overconfidence and optimism on decision making

MODULE 2 - INFORMATION PROCESSING ERRORS • Self-attribution and hindsight biases • Confirmation and representative biases • Guarding against the narrative fallacy

MODULE 3 - HOW DECISIONS ARE IMPACTED BY OTHERS • Anchoring bias • Loss aversion • Herding versus independent thinking

Budgeting and Forecasting On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1903 Strategy and Governance, Competency: Performance and Risk Course Level: Intermediate Management Price: $180 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 5

OBJECTIVE: The course covers the entire budgeting process from start to finish, including how to create a disciplined culture of budgeting in an organization, the various methods for building budgets, techniques to analyze results, and how to increase the chances of organizational performance improvements. The interactive and applied course will enable participants to adopt a disciplined approach to developing budgets, forecast results with quantitative and qualitative methods, effectively use variance analysis to track performance and present results with charts and graphs.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Those who are responsible for financial management, budgeting, and forecasting within their organizations and may include professionals working in financial planning and analysis (FP&A), accounting, treasury, financial reporting, corporate development, etc.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the budgeting 101 course, participants will be able to:

1. Understand the principles behind best practice financial management 2. Explain the importance of budgeting within a strategic framework 3. Build a robust budgeting process within their organization 4. Know when and where to use various budgeting approaches such as zero-based budgeting 5. Forecast future performance by better analyzing revenue and cost drivers 6. Use effective variance reporting to track organizational performance 7. Make use of Excel functions and tools that are particularly suited to the budgeting process.

Building a Financial Model in Excel On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1904

Competency: Finance Course Level: Intermediate

Price: $250 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 4

OBJECTIVE: In this course you will learn to build a financial model from scratch by working in Excel and following along with the video. Upon successfully completing the course and all quizzes you will obtain your Financial Modeling Certificate from the Corporate Finance Institute and be on your way to break into wall street.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Finance professionals and industry practitioners who want to master the art of corporate finance. Participants typically include professionals in entry to mid-level positions in financial planning & analysis (FP&A), corporate development, treasury, investor relations, and capital markets.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of financial modeling through four modules:

MODULE 1 - A Structured Approach To Financial Modeling • Apply a structured approach to financial modeling in Excel • Understand the many hallmarks that make financial models robust • Explain the importance of planning, and prep your model structure • Building from operating revenues down to operating profit

MODULE 2 - Forecasting Income Statement And Balance Sheet • Forecast property, plant and equipment and other operating assets • Forecast the various components of working capital: ▪ Accounts receivable ▪ Inventories ▪ Accounts payable

MODULE 3 - Debt And Financing Schedules • Forecast debt financing and related interest costs • Forecast equity financing and dividends • Use an iterative analytic approach to managing circular references

MODULE 4 - BUILDING A FREE CASH FLOW FORECAST • Understand the importance of error checking • Derive a forecast cash flow statement based on a forecast income statement and balance sheet • Derive a free cash flow statement that can be used for equity valuation

Business Valuations Modeling On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1905

Competency: Finance Course Level: Intermediate

Price: $180 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 5

OBJECTIVE: The course provides participants with the skills needed to perform detailed business valuation modeling using three main methods: Comps, Precedents and DCF Analysis. It is particularly valuable to participants that want a detailed and step-by-step explanation of how to value a company based on comparable companies, past M&A transactions and a Discounted Cash Flow Model (DCF).

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals working in private equity, investment banking, corporate development, and other areas of finance and accounting. The course provides both foundational building blocks for beginners and covers more advanced aspects of valuation for experienced practitioners.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: 1. Understand the difference between equity value and enterprise value 2. Learn how to calculate various equity and enterprise value multiples 3. Understand the drivers of equity multiples and value a business using equity multiples 4. Calculate and analyze valuation multiples 5. Learn the most common multiples: EV/Revenue, EV/EBITDA, EV/EBIT, P/E 6. Know when each type of multiple is appropriate to use 7. Appreciate the drivers of equity and enterprise multiples 8. Value a company using comparable company analysis 9. Value a company using precedent M&A transactions 10. Learn how to value a business using discounted cash flow techniques. 11. Complete Excel-based case studies and solutions as well as a PDF valuation reference guide that can be used while taking the course and downloaded to your computer for future reference. 12. Calculate free cash flows to the firm and to equity 13. Outline the main drivers of free cash flows 14. Value a business using a two-stage DCF valuation model 15. Learn how to calculate the cost of equity, cost of debt and the weighted average cost of capital. 16. Calculate Beta in an Excel spreadsheet 17. Calculate an organization's weighted average cost of capital (WACC) 18. Create a football field chart to summarize the various valuation methods used in the analysis: Comps, Precedents, DCF

Corporate & Business Strategy On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1906

Competency: Finance Course Level: Intermediate

Price: $250 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 5

OBJECTIVE: Strategy matters to all operating companies, as it is a major determinant of the success of their business. This Corporate & Business Strategy course will cover the most important terminologies, theories, concepts, and frameworks on strategy. The course is designed to guide you through a comprehensive strategic analysis process and demonstrate the application of theories into real-world business situations.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: This strategy course is designed specifically for financial analysts. While it's open to students from any background (consulting, sales, HR, etc), it's tailored to demonstrate how strategic analysis can be tied to a Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) model and other types of financial modeling.

Professionals who will get the most value from this class include investment banking, equity research, corporate development, equity research, and private equity.

LEARNING OUTCOMES:

By completing this strategy course, you'll be able to: • Understand how the strategic analysis process helps decision makers perform in-depth analyses and identify optimal strategic alternatives • Differentiate between the three levels of strategy (corporate, business, and functional) • Perform external analysis by looking at the supply chain, mapping out strategic groups, building competitive forces model and analyzing PEST factors • Perform internal analysis by understanding a company's core competencies, competitive advantage, value chain activities and ways to sustain competitive advantages • Assess a company's current corporate-level, business-level and functional-level strategies • Learn how to generate, evaluate and select optimal strategic alternatives through methods such as SWOT analysis, DCF analysis and multi-criteria analysis • Tie strategic alternatives to a company's mission, vision and goals • Apply all theories taught in the lectures into a case study and generate the appropriate strategies using the provided information

Dashboards & Data Visualization On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1907

Competency: Information Technology Course Level: Intermediate

Price: $90 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 4

OBJECTIVE: The in-depth course teaches how to build a custom Excel dashboard using professional data visualization techniques. By the end of the course, participants will have a solid understanding of how to tell a story by combining data, charts, graphs, and other visuals.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Financial analysts working in corporate finance including financial planning & analysis (FP&A), corporate development, equity research, and investment banking.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will learn the most important data visualization techniques, including: • How to focus attention • How to use white space effectively • Storytelling with data • Narrative techniques • A variety of visuals • How to use affordances • Storyboarding

Additionally, the online course teaches main dashboard topics for creating a dashboard in Excel from scratch, including: • Page layout and design • Line charts • Area charts • Column and bar charts • Gauge charts • Formatting and design

Excel Modeling Fundamentals On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1908

Competency: Information Technology Course Level: Introductory

Price: $180 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 4

OBJECTIVE: Learn the fundamentals of financial modeling online from professional Wall Street trainers. This four- part series provides tips and tricks for Excel model builders, gives advice on how to audit your financial models, demonstrates how to use better formulas, and shows you how to monitor and handle uncertainty using scenarios planning.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals working in equity research, investment banking, corporate development, financial planning and analysis (FP&A) and other areas of finance and accounting.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of financial modelling through four modules:

Module 1 – Excel Tips and Tricks 1. Learn how to speed up your Excel modeling skills by using keystroke navigation 2. Significantly improve how you can edit your worksheet by learning how to use editing shortcuts in Excel 3. Develop the skill every model builder needs in editing and modeling your spreadsheet in mere minutes

Module 2 – Better Formulas 1. Build flexibility into financial forecasts 2. Break down complex calculations 3. Minimize errors in Excel models 4. Understand Excel function syntax performance

Module 3 – Catering for Uncertainty 1. Learn how to perform sensitivity analysis 2. Understand how data tables and goal seek can facilitate your model building process 3. Learn how to measure the impact of future uncertainty on cash flows and profit with scenario planning 4. Learn how to use scenario and solver tools to see how certain inputs can impact your model

Module 4 – Auditing a Model 1. Learn how to quickly and easily find errors and audit a spreadsheet 2. Understand how the auditing tool-bar can help make your spreadsheet error-free 3. Learn how to use test data to uncover errors

Included in this module is a PDF – Excel Shortcuts Reference Guide for both PC and MAC - that can be used while taking the course and downloaded to your computer for future reference.

Financial Analysis Fundamentals On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1909

Competency: Finance Course Level: Introductory

Price: $120 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 4

OBJECTIVE: The four-module financial analysis course demonstrates how you can perform a comprehensive financial analysis of any organization using a wide variety of ratios derived from its financial statements. This program provides the skills and training necessary to be a complete financial analyst.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Aspiring financial analysts working in investment banking, financial planning and analysis (FP&A), equity research, corporate development, and other areas of finance and accounting.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of financial analysis through four modules:

Module 1 – Analyzing the Income Statement 1. Review the various components of the income statement 2. Conduct a comprehensive vertical and horizontal analysis of the income statement 3. Benchmark income statement performance against an appropriate peer group

Module 2 – Analyzing the Balance Sheet 1. Breakdown and define each component of the balance sheet 2. Explain overall efficiency ratios: Total asset turnover and net asset turnover ratio 3. Explain working capital efficiency ratios: Inventory, accounts receivable, and accounts payable 4. Determine how to reduce the working capital funding gap to improve operational efficiencies 5. Undertake trend analysis to determine the overall financial performance of a company and forecast future performance

Module 3 – Analyze Cash Flow Statement and Ratio Analysis 1. Breakdown and understand each component of the cash flow statement 2. Understand different types of debt financing tools (e.g. bonds, syndicated loans, and leasing), equity (e.g. common shares and preferred shares), and leverage ratios (e.g. debt to tangible net worth, and total assets to equity) 3. Use real-life cash flow statements to assess the operations of a company

Module 4 – Rates of Return and Profitability Analysis 1. Unlock the drivers of the return on equity ratio 2. Analyze the profitability, efficiency, and leverage ratios that make up the pyramid of ratios 3. Understand the links between the pyramid’s primary, secondary, and tertiary ratios 4. Construct a pyramid of ratios using a set of published financial statements and perform a complete financial analysis 5. Return on Equity (ROE) and Dupont analysis

Financial Modeling Using VBA On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1910

Competency: Finance Course Level: Advanced

Price: $180 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3

OBJECTIVE: The course provides participants with the skills needed to incorporate Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) into financial models. The VBA module series will be particularly valuable to those who regularly build financial models in Excel and are looking for a thorough introduction to VBA.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals working in a wide range of finance and accounting positions. It's ideal for anyone who wants to use VBA to enhance their Excel skills.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will learn how to use VBA for financial modelling through four modules:

MODULE 1 – Introduction To VBA For Financial Modeling In Excel 1. Explain the benefits of VBA in financial models 2. Navigate around the VBE window 3. Record macros using absolute and relative referencing

MODULE 2 – Design, Build And Run VBA Sub Procedures 1. Write VBA code for a sub procedure 2. Differentiate between VBA objects, properties and methods 3. Understand why and how to declare variables 4. Call sub procedures when needed

MODULE 3 – Create Customized Excel Functions 1. Utilize unique VBA functions 2. Incorporate Excel functions into VBA code 3. Create customized functions using VBA code

MODULE 4 – Branching, Looping And Procedure Code 1. Create event handling procedures 2. Use “On Error” statements 3. Create branching code using “If…Then” statements 4. Create looping code using “For…Next” and “Do…Loop” statements

This module incorporates sophisticated search and navigation tools that allow you to go at your own pace while pop quizzes get you to test what you have just learnt. This module includes several Excel-based case studies and solutions as well as a PDF - VBA reference guide - that can be used while taking the course and downloaded to your computer for future reference.

FP & A Monthly Cash Flow Forecast Modeling On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1911

Competency: Finance Course Level: Intermediate

Price: $180 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 4

OBJECTIVE: Master the art of building a rolling 12-month cash flow forecast model in the Financial Planning & Analysis (FP&A) course. In the course, participants will learn to build a cash flow model from scratch complete with assumptions, financials, supporting schedules and charts.

The course looks at how to forecast revenues, operating expenses and changes in balance sheet items to arrive at monthly cash flow. From there, participants assess the financial impact on the business, decide if capital needs to be raised, evaluate credit metrics, and create elegant charts to inform management.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Finance professionals and industry practitioners who want to master the art of corporate finance. Participants typically include professionals in entry to mid-level positions in financial planning & analysis (FP&A), corporate development, treasury, investor relations, and capital markets.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will learn to: 1. Apply a structured approach to monthly cash flow modeling in Excel 2. Build up the assumptions and formulas required to forecast the business 3. Understand how to forecast the financial statements based on the business plan 4. Calculate the monthly cash flow 5. Analyze the impact of the forecast on the company’s balance sheet a capitalization 6. Output relevant graphs to illustrate the cash flow profile to management

Leveraged Buyout LBO Modeling On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1912

Competency: Finance Course Level: Advanced

Price: $250 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 7

OBJECTIVE: Learn to build an LBO model from scratch in CFI's leveraged buyout modeling course. This advanced class covers how to set up and build an LBO model step-by-step including assumptions, financing, forecast income statement, balance sheet, cash flow, debt schedule, DCF, IRR, sensitivity analysis, error checks, all formulas, functions, and formatting.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Advanced financial practitioners. It is most suitable for professionals working in investment banking and private equity, although it may also be useful for professionals in equity research, corporate development, and other areas of finance.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: This advanced financial modeling course covers everything you need to build an LBO model from scratch.

Learning objectives include: 1. Layout and structure - how to effectively set up the model in Excel 2. Assumptions - general transaction details, operating scenarios, financing terms, sources and uses of cash, etc. 3. Historical financial statements - linking the 3 statements in Excel 4. Building the forecast - using operating scenarios and other assumptions to drive the forecast 5. Transaction balance sheet - calculating all adjusting entries to create a pro forma balance sheet (goodwill, recapitalization, etc) 6. Debt schedule - model all tranches of debt and interest using dynamic formulas 7. Credit metrics - model all necessary debt covenants such as debt/EBITDA, EBIT/Interest, fixed-charge coverage ratio, and more 8. DCF & IRR - incorporate a discounted cash flow (DCF) analysis and internal rate of return (IRR) by investor type 9. Sensitivity analysis - create data tables to sensitize the IRR based on changes in key assumptions and drivers 10. Charts & graphs - show outputs and results from the LBO model

Math for Corporate Finance On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1913

Competency: Finance Course Level: Introductory

Price: $60 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3

OBJECTIVE: The course demonstrates how a number of mathematical formulas can be used to conduct detailed analysis on a set of data and/or variables.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Finance professionals and industry practitioners who want to master the art of corporate finance. Participants typically include professionals in entry to mid-level positions in financial planning & analysis (FP&A), corporate development, treasury, investor relations, and capital markets.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of the mathematical formulas used in corporate finance through the following four modules:

Module 1 – Discounted Cash Flows 1. Understand the concept of the time value of money 2. Explain terms such as present value, future value, NPV, DCF, annuities, and perpetuities 3. Use DCF techniques to calculate present values 4. Calculate the present value of cash flow streams such as annuities and perpetuities

Module 2 – Bond Pricing and Yields 1. Use DCF to find the price of an annual or semi-annual bond 2. Calculate the different yields used to assess bond returns 3. Understand the relationship between bond prices and yields 4. Identify whether a bond is trading at par, premium, or discount

Module 3 – Key Statistical Skills 1. Learn to calculate different measures of central tendency including arithmetic mean, weighted mean, WACC,and expected values 2. Calculate simple moving and weighted moving averages 3. Calculate different types of statistical dispersions such as range, variance, and standard deviation

Module 4 – Covariance, Correlation & Regression 1. Use correlation and covariance to describe the relationship between two variables 2. Calculate covariance and correlation using Excel 3. Use regression analysis to describe the relationship between two variables 4. Undertake regression analysis in Excel and interpret the results

Mergers & Acquisitions (M&A) – Advanced Modeling On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1914

Competency: Finance Course Level: Advanced

Price: $250 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 6

OBJECTIVE: The course covers the detailed mechanics of how to build a financial model for mergers and acquisitions and how to assess the impact of the transaction through accretion/dilution analysis and impact on the implied share price (intrinsic value per share). By performing sensitivity analysis, participants will understand how a change in assumptions impacts future outcomes of the merger or acquisition.

This course is built on a case study of Online Company Inc acquiring Brick ‘n’ Mortar Co. Through the course of the transaction, students will learn about: • The construction of a detailed Pro Forma model • Analysis of synergies, revenue enhancements, cost structures • Integration considerations • Accretion / dilution analysis • Deal terms and structuring • The strategic impact of combining the businesses • Share price impact

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Anyone who wants to learn how to build a financial model for mergers and acquisitions from the bottom up. The course is designed for professionals working in investment banking, corporate development, private equity, and other areas of corporate finance that deal with analyzing M&A transactions.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will learn how to: 1. Structure an M&A model in the most efficient way 2. Set up all the assumptions and drivers required to build out the M&A model 3. Calculate all the necessary adjusting entries required to create a post-transaction balance sheet 4. Integrate the acquirer and the target into a pro form model 5. Calculate the accretion or dilution of key per share metrics post-transaction 6. Perform sensitivity analysis on key assumptions and assess the overall impact of the transaction

PREREQUISITES: The Excel Crash Course, Introduction to Corporate Finance and Building a Financial Model in Excel or equivalent learning.

Mining Financial Model & Valuation On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1915

Competency: Finance Course Level: Advanced

Price: $250 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 5

OBJECTIVE: In the course, participants will master the art of building a financial model for a mining asset, complete with assumptions, financials, valuation, sensitivity analysis, and output charts. Participants will work through a case study of a real mining asset by pulling information from the Feasibility Study, inputting it into Excel, building a forecast, and valuing the asset.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals seeking careers in investment banking, equity research, corporate development and financial planning and analysis (FP&A) and interested in mastering mining valuation.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of:

1. Key mining terms and definitions 2. The mining life cycle from start to finish 3. Reading and extracting the important information from a mining technical report (feasibility study) 4. Inputting key assumptions into a financial model 5. Calculating production statistics based on a mine plan 6. Building financial statements based on a mine plan 7. Performing a DCF valuation of a mining asset 8. Building sensitivity analysis to test for different input assumptions 9. Outputting relevant graphs to illustrate the investment opportunity

PowerPoint & Pitchbooks On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1916

Competency: Information Technology Course Level: Advanced

Price: $180 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 4

OBJECTIVE: Learn the most advanced functions, tips and best practices for presentation design to be a distinguished PowerPoint user. This tutorial is designed specifically for financial analysts who need to create PowerPoint presentations, mainly in the form of pitchbooks. This is a classic skillset for Analysts who need to make world-class presentations.

This advanced PowerPoint tutorial will help you become a world-class financial analyst for careers in investment banking, private equity, corporate development, equity research and FP&A. By watching the instructor build the pitchbook right on your screen, you can easily pause, rewatch, and repeat exercises until you've mastered them.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: For anyone working in investment banking, equity research, corporate development, financial planning and analysis (FP&A) this class will give you the confidence you need to be a leader in performing financial analysis at your organization.

LEARNING OUTCOMES This Investment Banking PowerPoint crash course starts with a classic example of a "bad" presentation and quickly dives into using PowerPoint functions to improve the presentation to systematically make it "good".

This course focuses on two types of presentations: distributed presentations where the presentation is printed or distributed electronically, and live presentations where there is a speech accompanying the presentation.

The main content covered in the pitchbook section include: • Theme colors • Slide master • Gridlines and guides • Formatting text boxes • Formatting shapes and lines • Inserting tables and charts from Excel • Alignment • Creating a timeline

Real Estate Financial Modeling On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1917

Competency: Finance Course Level: Advanced

Price: $250 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 6

OBJECTIVE: In the course, participants learn step-by-step how to build a dynamic real estate financial model in Excel to evaluate the investment return of a development project. The model incorporates sensitivity analysis of development costs, sales prices, and other aspects.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Development professionals, lending / banking analysts, surveyors, and anyone interested in mastering the art of building a real estate development models from scratch. Those seeking to develop intermediate to advanced financial modelling skills and become an expert in financial modeling for real estate development.

LEARNING OUTCOMES:

Participants will learn how to: 1. Real estate industry Overview 2. Calculate Cap Rate and Net Operating Income (NOI) 3. Build an interactive financial model to assess a project’s financial viability 4. Understand how to project real estate financing (both debt and equity) flow in and out depending on stage of development 5. Design and structure of an Excel-based project finance model 6. Modeling cash flows for a real estate development project 7. Build in “triggers” and sensitivities to understand a project’s exposure to key drivers 8. Build in ownership and financial structures (debt & equity) 9. Calculate Internal Rate of Return (IRR), Return on Sales, Return on Cost 10. Joint Venture (JV structures) 11. Cash flow waterfalls (3 tier cash flow waterfall) 12. Promotes and disproportionate returns 13. Produce a one-page investment summary memo 14. Includes blank and completed financial models to download 15. Certificate of completion

PREREQUISITES: The Excel Crash Course and Building a Financial Model in Excel or equivalent learning.

Sensitivity Analysis for Financial Modeling On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1918

Competency: Finance Course Level: Advanced

Price: $90 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 3

OBJECTIVE: The course takes a deep dive into sensitivity analysis. By the end of the course, participants will have a thorough grasp of how to build a robust sensitivity analysis system into a financial model. Form and function are both critical to ensure the model can handle quick changes and information requests when working on a live transaction. Real-life templates and examples are used to demonstrate how industry veterans perform step-by-step sensitivity analysis.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Professionals working in investment banking, equity research, financial planning & analysis (FP&A), and finance functions.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: This course is designed based on years of practical experience performing model sensitivity analysis. We use real life templates and examples to teach you how to perform it, step-by-step.

Unlike other courses, ours uses both the direct and direct methods of measuring financial sensitivity - to both operating and financial stresses.

Our sensitivity analysis template can be downloaded at the end of the course and used as an example in your own work.

Start-Up / e-Commerce Financial Model and Valuation On Demand

Date: On Demand Code: CF1919

Competency: Finance Course Level: Advanced

Price: $250 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 5

OBJECTIVE: In the course, participants will master the art of building a financial model and valuing an eCommerce Startup. Participants will build a start-up financial model from scratch complete with assumptions, financials, valuation, and output charts. The course will look at how much money a business has to raise based on the business plan and model out each year of cash flow. By the end, participants will be able to modify the Excel template to fit unique businesses.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Anyone working in the Technology Media and Telecommunication (TMT) group in investment banking, Venture Capital, or planning to start their own business who is interested in building a financial model to value an e-Commerce Startup.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will develop a stronger understanding of: 1. Key Startup / eCommerce terms and definitions 2. The eCommerce industry 3. Inputting key assumptions into a financial model 4. Calculating an order buildup and customer base schedule 5. Building financial statements based on the business plan 6. Performing a DCF valuation of the startup / eCommerce business 7. Outputting relevant graphs to illustrate the investment opportunity

The e commerce financial model template included in this course is yours for download and can be used for your own business.

EXECUTIVE FINANCE ON DEMAND COURSES

ESTIMATED CODE TITLE & COURSE OBJECTIVE CPD HOURS 6ExY: Mastering the Six Traits of Executive You Few financial professionals even consider the importance of building their executive EF1900 presence and then they wonder why they don't have a seat or a voice at the executive Total 5 boardroom table. In this series of 6 modules, you will learn how to elevate your own executive presence and achieve high levels of influence, leadership and make a strategic contribution inside your organization. Best Practices for a Quicker Financial Close The pressure on the finance function has never been higher to deliver financial results as soon as possible after the period. Managers, analysts, Boards, and investors are digesting market information in real time and are beginning to expect the same of financial results. To meet these high expectations, the CFO and controller need to find EF1901 ways to speed up their financial close processes to report the financial results before they Total 1 become perceived as old news in the new world. In this course, Blair Cook, a many-time CFO, will explore ideas for shortening the financial close process. Leading companies have found ways to close their books in as little as one day and see the benefit of almost real-time analysis (in addition to the actual period financial data) that can be performed with a shorter close. Capital Budgeting: Analysis that Improves Long-term ROI This is a course in establishing a capital budgeting process from conducting due diligence through to communicating and facilitating discussions of capital investment opportunities EF1902 with decision makers. Capital budgeting is a key strategic process that ensures capital is Total 1 deployed to only those opportunities that have a high probability of meeting or exceeding the expectations for return. It is also a process that ensures that scarce capital resources are deployed to the highest yield opportunities across the organization. Change Management: Being A Catalyst CFO In this course we are going to look at change from all perspectives. From what sorts of corporate initiatives require careful consideration of change management principles, to the EF19003 challenges of implementing change. We look at change from the perspective of the Total 1.5 employee, after all, it's they for whom we need to change for the organization to be successful. And we develop an approach to enable that to happen successfully. Finally, we will look at way that organizations are adapting to continuous change by changing aspects of their organizational structure. What Every CFO Should Know About Implementing a New ERP In this course, Jennifer Nicholson, a many-time CFO, who has recently gone through EF1904 implementing a new ERP system shares with you her own insights and experience with Total 1 the ERP implementation process. Whether you have begun already, are just beginning, or merely contemplating a change to your systems, this course will guide you through all the relevant stages of the implementation process. Financing Strategy: Tips for Sourcing Capital In this course you are going to learn about the financing strategies for your business throughout its lifecycle. You will learn about all the various debt and equity financing arrangements at an application-based level. In the debt sections of the course, you will learn EF1905 about how operating lines of credit works and what to watch out for. We will also talk about Total 1.5 asset-based lending facilities, term loans, and leasing. Mezzanine financing is an increasingly popular way of replacing equity financing with hybrid financial instruments. In the equity sections of the course, you will learn about venture capital, private equity, and the process of going public. Finally, you will learn about how cost of capital and capital structure factor into your strategic thinking and decision making. Fraud in the Workplace In this course we are going to tackle a topic that doesn’t factor into many senior financial leader’s agendas all that often or until something happens, that is, fraud in the workplace. Occupational fraud is a giant global industry. Organizations are losing an estimated 5% of revenues to employee fraud each year according to the experts at the Association of Total 1 EF1906 Certified Fraud Examiners (ACFE). Does that statistic shock you? Are you in disbelief that Ethics 1 the number could be so high? In this course, we are going to discuss how employees are doing it, how we can detect it, and most importantly, what can be done to prevent it in the first place. We will use the research of the ACFE to look at the fraud cases under investigation to reach a deeper understanding of this issue. You will be astounded, you may be surprised, but the goal of this course is to make you enlightened.

EXECUTIVE FINANCE ON DEMAND COURSES (Continued)

ESTIMATED CODE TITLE & COURSE OBJECTIVE CPD HOURS Master Capital Allocation In this course we are going to tackle capital allocation, that is, how the CEO, and you as CFO and their strategic partner, go about deploying cash inside the business. CEO’s are EF1907 ultimately measured on their record of generating returns for their shareholders. The Total 1.5 single most important determinant of shareholder returns is capital allocation. Knowing what tools you have available and when to use them is the key. We’ll look how and when you source cash. We’ll also look at the strategies behind selecting the most optimal use of that cash, which may include buying back shares in yourself. Mastering Your Ethical Intelligence This course is composed of four one modules in ethics. However, unlike most ethics courses, we will not bore you with lectures on what not to do or the rules of professional conduct. This course will raise your awareness of ethical situations that are around you Total 4 EF1908 today that you aren't even thinking about. This course will change the way you make Ethics 4 decisions and take actions. We will illustrate with numerous case studies that in the absence of ethical intelligence, otherwise good people are highly susceptible to making poor judgments. If that is still not enough to consider this for enrollment, how about this - ethical intelligence has been proven to improve corporate performance! Powerful PowerPoint Presentations This is a course about how to use PowerPoint. The course not only covers the features of PowerPoint, but more importantly how to use the features to create presentations that EF1909 stand apart and engage the audience. In this course we will learn how to use PowerPoint Total 1.5 as an effective visual aid to supplement any presentation. We will discuss how PowerPoint can be used to create our own graphics and customize imagery to share our ideas visually with our audience. Presentation Skills for Finance Professionals and Executives that Make an Impact In this course we are going learn how to deliver an inspired presentation. Finance professionals and executives are being called on more and more to deliver presentations inside and outside the organization. How you deliver these presentations is ultimately a Total 1.5 EF1910 reflection of your executive presence. In this course, you will learn how to plan and organize your presentation; how to tell your message in a way that your audience will remember it and act up on it; and how to deliver your presentation with poise and confidence. Leadership is a key attribute of the modern finance executive and being a successful leader in part hinges on your ability to communicate your ideas in a way that people will follow. This course has been tailor made for you as a financial professional working in today’s business world. Rethinking the Boardroom: Make Your Board a Point of Competitive Advantage This course will provide participants with a look behind the boardroom doors to evaluate the effectiveness of corporate governance systems. Today’s corporate directors, and the executive teams with whom they work, are being challenged by the owners of the EF1911 organization more so than ever to not only protect their interests, but also enhance Total 1.5 corporate performance. As boards already struggle to balance the growing list of regulatory compliance requirements, we are going to identify and explore three key board leadership roles that differentiate good boards from great ones. We will look at ways the Board can make valuable contributions to value creation and long-term viability by achieving what we will describe during the course as Governance Advantage. TGIF: Transform Grow Innovate in Finance This is a course in finance transformation. In fact, it’s more than a course, it’s a guided journey of self-evaluation, reflection and strategic planning to propel your finance organization forward. Not only are organizations under fire to keep up with internal and EF1912 external forces that require adaptation and change, so to are the finance functions that Total 4 support the organization. The modern finance function has never had as great an opportunity as it has today to play a strategic advisory role inside any organization. Yet, most finance leaders and those working in the finance organization find themselves still buried in transactional processing. This course shares with you a path bridging these two states.

EXECUTIVE FINANCE ON DEMAND COURSES (Continued)

ESTIMATED CODE TITLE & COURSE OBJECTIVE CPD HOURS The Credible CFO: Driving Growth & Delivering Predictability This course looks at the credibility of the CFO and of the finance function. We will discuss how we assess credibility as well as the factors that erode and build credibility. Credibility is the foundation for finance’s position in supporting a growth mandate. Credible CFO’s EF1913 position themselves as strategic leaders as they master execution of the existing business Total 1 and develop visibility of future financial results. The ability to deliver predictability helps the executive and the board of directors formulate and execute strategic plans with greater confidence. We will explore strategies that the CFO should be considering to enhance their own credibility as well as that of their team using tools and technology. Thinking and Acting Strategically as CFO Are you working in finance and want to play a larger role in the strategy development process of your organization? Perhaps you see an opportunity to formalize strategy development and execution but aren’t quite sure how to go about it? This is a course in EF1914 strategic management. A course that is going to cover all of the important topics of Total 1 strategic management from developing mission, vision, and values; to conducting situational analysis; to formulating strategy; to executing strategy. The course ties each of the strategic management phases together with facilitation tools and techniques that will allow the learner to make a valuable strategic contribution to their organization. Your First 100 Days as CFO In this course we are going to look at getting started in a new CFO role. Whether this is your first appointment as CFO or perhaps you are transitioning to a new CFO role at another organization, we will look at different approaches for your first 100 days. We begin with a profile of the modern CFO, that is, what you need to bring to the organization. EF1915 From there, we will look at team building principles and using proven tools to help you Total 1.5 assess the existing finance function against best practices. We will use a strategic approach to developing an overarching mission and value statement for finance to bring context to specific action plans. We will look at structuring the finance function within the organization context to optimize and balance responsiveness to stakeholders with the need for control. Finally, we will look at change management principles to help you initiate your first major project.

After registering for an Executive Finance On Demand Course, CPA Saskatchewan will send you information on how to access the course.

Your name and email address is provided to Executive Finance for registration purposes only.

PRICING:

4 or 5 1 Hour 1.5 Hours Hours $47.00 $57.00 $97.00

Executive Finance On Demand courses are not PD passport eligible. Pricing is equivalent across Canada.

CPD HOURS: CPD hours are suggested reportable hours. Document and report the actual time spent in your CPD reporting tool. CPA does not enter the hours on your behalf.

EXCEL TRAINERS ON-LINE COURSES By Willis Plum Holdings

COURS REGISTRATION TITLE PRICE DATES CODE DEADLINE

Oct 15, 2019 - Nov 11, 2019 VB1900 October 8, 2019 Excel Macros Nov 12, 2019 - Dec 9, 2019 VB1901 November 5, 2019 VBA1 $300 Jan 14, 2020 - Feb 10, 2020 VB1902 January 7, 2020 (Level 1 of 3) Feb 11, 2020 - Mar 9, 2020 VB1903 February 4, 2020 Mar 10, 2020 - Apr 6, 2020 VB1904 March 3, 2020

Oct 15, 2019 - Nov 11, 2019 VB1905 October 8, 2019 Excel Macros Nov 12, 2019 - Dec 9, 2019 VB1906 November 5, 2019 VBA2 $300 Jan 14, 2020 - Feb 10, 2020 VB1907 January 7, 2020 (Level 2 of 3) Feb 11, 2020 - Mar 9, 2020 VB1908 February 4, 2020 Mar 10, 2020 - Apr 6, 2020 VB1909 March 3, 2020

Oct 15, 2019 - Nov 11, 2019 VB1910 October 8, 2019 Excel Macros Nov 12, 2019 - Dec 9, 2019 VB1911 November 5, 2019 VBA3 $300 Jan 14, 2020 - Feb 10, 2020 VB1912 January 7, 2020 (Level 3 of 3) Feb 11, 2020 - Mar 9, 2020 VB1913 February 4, 2020 Mar 10, 2020 - Apr 6, 2020 VB1914 March 3, 2020

Excel Macros for VBA Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 are on-line self-study courses that you have access to complete over a four week period. Full course descriptions are included on the following pages. The lower level of the course must be completed before taking the next level.

This training was designed and has been delivered by Dennis Plum of Willis Plum Holdings (WPH) since 2008. The online delivery of the training is done using WPH’s “Excel Trainers” Learning Management system (LMS). The “Excel Trainers” LMS administrator will email each participant on the first day of the course with information on accessing the (LMS). Reminder emails are sent to participants two weeks and one week prior to the end of the four week course. Only names and email addresses are provided to Excel Trainers by CPA Saskatchewan and will be used for registration and training purposes only. Personal information is kept on a secure server in Canada.

At the conclusion of the course, participants will receive 60 days of Follow-on Support including Bonus Materials. Two weeks after the end of the course, participants will receive a grade of “SAT” or UNSAT” .

NOTE: Each course includes an Online Student Workbook (eBook), along with the Excel Files used during video training exercises. Training Videos include an On Screen Instructor which gives the feel of a live training session. A Responsive Help Ticketing System is used for online support, with Screen Sharing available, if needed. Participants have the Option to purchase an “Official Hardcopy Workbook” for their training directly through WPH’s LMS.

REQUIRED: A computer running Windows with Excel 2007-2016, and High Speed Internet Access is required.

Prior to starting this training, please access the following pages and perform the Special Excel 2013-2016 setup described there: Prior to “Excel Macros VBA1” access - http://exceltrainers.com/beforevba1online/re/ Prior to “Excel Macros VBA2” access - http://exceltrainers.com/beforevba2online/ Prior to “Excel Macros VBA3” access - http://exceltrainers.com/beforevba3online/

CPD INFORMATION: CPD hours are suggested reportable hours. Report the actual time spent in your CPD reporting tool. CPA does not enter the hours on your behalf.

Excel Macros for VBA Courses are NOT PD passport eligible. Pricing is equivalent across Canada.

Excel with Macros & VBA Level 1: Data Input & Navigation “Online Self – Paced Video Training”

Oct 15, 2019 - Nov 11, 2019 VB1900 Nov 12, 2019 - Dec 9, 2019 VB1901 Course Dates: Jan 14, 2020 - Feb 10, 2020 Course Codes: VB1902 Feb 11, 2020 - Mar 9, 2020 VB1903 Mar 10, 2020 - Apr 6, 2020 VB1904 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 10 Competency: Information Technology Price: $300 Course Level: Introductory

OBJECTIVE: By the end of Level 1 training, students learn to create an “Excel Database Update Application” comprised of: • A Sheet-based Data Input Form, that restricts inputs to user defined “data validation” inputs. • Buttons used to Clear the Form, Transfer Inputs to a Database Sheet, plus Save/Close the workbook. • Macros that are executed for each of these buttons, which are created using the process described next. A key aspect to the training is learning to generate VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code by using “Macro Recording Best Practices”. Best practices enable the generation of VBA code that requires little or no modification. Therefore, the training is a Worksheet-Centric approach to creation of Macro/VBA code. This is very different from the traditional Code-Centric approach taught by the vast majority of VBA courses. While a Code Centric approach is used during Level 3 training, by then, students are better equipped to handle manual coding “from scratch”. As a result, Training Levels 1 and 2 provide “A Truly Non-Programmer Approach” to VBA Code Creation by using a paradigm that Excel users immediately understand, namely “Excel’s Worksheet Environment”. Thus, typical Excel users can more easily see how to automate their repetitive Excel processing. Each Worksheet Oriented Macro Recording Session, is followed the use of Excel’s VB (Visual Basic) Editor for the examination, and as needed, modification of generated VBA code. This exposes students to manual VBA coding in very small doses. Thus, during Training Levels 1 and 2 students are being prepared for total VBA coding in Level 3. WHO WILL BENEFIT: Users who face the challenge of repetitive manual Excel processing, with its’ associated time, cost and human errors. By learning to automate these processes, users will not only save time and reduce on-the-job stress, but also improve the consistency of your repetitive projects.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will learn to: • Use AutoFill • Create/Use Data Validation • Create Absolute and Relative Reference Macros • Create Static and Dynamic Range References • Assign Macro Security Settings • Correctly Save and Open Excel Files with Macros • Create Global and Local Macros and Global and Local Range Names • Create Messages to Enable User Control Over Macros • Identify “Breakable VBA Code” and Know How to Make It Unbreakable • Create Worksheet Buttons to Simplify Macro Execution • Learn to Use the VB Editor • Hide and Protect Sensitive Workbook Components from Accidental User Change • Flag Missing Mandatory Form Inputs • Create a Macro Undo Capability • Make Macro Code Backwards Compatible to Prior Versions of Excel

PREREQUISITES: The course is not intended for Excel beginners. An intermediate to advanced knowledge of Excel is expected, which means that students should have experience creating their own worksheet solutions, based on the use of a variety of Excel features. While no prior Macro creation experience is needed, it is expected that students will be comfortable dealing with technical aspects of Excel that average users may never face. This includes dealing with VBA code during the examination and modification of code generated by Macro Recording.

REQUIRED: A computer running Windows with Excel 2007-2016, and High Speed Internet Access is required.

Excel with Macros & VBA Level 2: Data Analysis “Online Self – Paced Video Training”

Oct 15, 2019 - Nov 11, 2019 VB1905 Nov 12, 2019 - Dec 9, 2019 VB1906 Course Dates: Jan 14, 2020 - Feb 10, 2020 Course Codes: VB1907 Feb 11, 2020 - Mar 9, 2020 VB1908 Mar 10, 2020 - Apr 6, 2020 VB1909 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 10 Competency: Information Technology Price: $300 Course Level: Intermediate

OBJECTIVE: As is done in Level 1 training, a key aspect to this course is learning to use “Macro Recording Best Practices”. During Level 2 best practices include “How to use Multiple Files” and “How to Automate Excel’s various Data Analysis Features”. These best practices are used “Prior to Macro Recording, During Macro Recording, and Following Macro Recording”. As with Level 1 Training, this approach is very different from the traditional Code-Centric approach taught by the vast majority of VBA courses. As a result, students learn to automate the above analyses, by generating the majority of VBA code required and learning to tweak or enhance the generated code.

Each Worksheet Oriented Macro Recording Session, is followed the use of Excel’s VB (Visual Basic) Editor for the examination, and as needed, modification of generated VBA code. This exposes students to manual VBA coding in very small doses. Thus, during Training Levels 1 and 2 students are being prepared for total VBA coding in Level 3.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Users who face the challenge of repetitive manual Excel processing, with its’ associated time, cost and human errors. By learning to automate these processes, users not only save time and reduce on-the-job stress, but also improve the consistency of your repetitive projects.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will learn: • To automate Consolidation of Multiple Detail Files into a Single Summary File Sheet • To automate Filtering of Sheet Data and Show Associated Filter Criteria, both on screen and in print • To automate PivotTable results, so that what’s analyzed can be changed, by simply running a macro • To automate use of either Sheet Data or a PivotTable Data to Change Sorting and Show Subtotals • To automate the Creation of Charts, along with the use of Chart Templates • When to use “Permanent” versus “Current Period” Links between Files • How to use Certain Macro Tools Included with the Training to Eliminate Otherwise Complex Manual VBA Coding • The Importance of Creating and Testing a Macro Recording Plan (Prior to Actual Recording) • Options for Dealing with File Paths Generated by the Macro Recorder during a File Open • Introducing Loops and Variables into Recorder Macro Code • How to automatically Detect and Eliminate “Variable Name” Errors • How to Handle Macro Run-time Errors two ways so that User Friendly Messages are Displayed whenever such an Error Occurs

PREREQUISITE: Excel with Macros & VBA Level 1 is required. Level 2 training builds upon the concepts and skills covered in the Level 1 course.

REQUIRED: A computer running Windows with Excel 2007-2016, and High Speed Internet Access is required.

Excel with Macros & VBA Level 3: Formulas & Functions “Online Self – Paced Video Training”

Oct 15, 2019 - Nov 11, 2019 VB1910 Nov 12, 2019 - Dec 9, 2019 VB1911 Course Dates: Jan 14, 2020 - Feb 10, 2020 Course Codes: VB1912 Feb 11, 2020 - Mar 9, 2020 VB1913 Mar 10, 2020 - Apr 6, 2020 VB1914 Estimated CPD Hours: Total – 10 Competency: Information Technology Price: $300 Course Level: Advanced

OBJECTIVE: By the end of Level 3 training, participants will learn to create User-Defined Functions (UDFs) by using VBA Code. Unlike Levels 1 and 2 training, this course takes a first step towards “Total VBA Coding” to create UDFs “from scratch”. Based on the Level 1 and 2 training experience each participant will have, using the VB Editor, plus their familiarity with VBA coding basics, the transition to a 100% coding experience is a somewhat natural next step.

WHO WILL BENEFIT: Users who face the challenge of needing to create or use complex worksheet formulas or functions. In addition, if multiple users need to create or use a common complex formula or function, then sharing a UDF ensures standardized results over all users. Thus, by learning to create UDFs, the time, cost and human errors associated with traditional creation and maintenance of complex worksheet formulas/functions can be greatly reduced.

LEARNING OUTCOMES: Participants will learn: • Important aspects of Worksheet Formula/Function creation and use • The Creation/Use of Macros (Levels 1 & 2) differs from the Creation/Use of UDFs • How Boolean Data is Created/Used Indirectly and how it can also be Created/Used Directly • How Information Functions can be used in both Worksheets and in UDFs (VBA Code) • How TEXT Functions and Custom Dates can be used in Sheets and in UDFs (VBA Code) • How the SUBTOTAL Function can be used in Sheets and can be simplified by creating a UDF • How the VLOOKUP Function can be used in Sheets and can be simplified by creating a UDF • Reference methods used in creating Worksheet Formulas and Functions • How to Show All Worksheet Formulas • Over All Cells • Keyboard Shortcut that Cycles Through Cell Reference Options • When a Range Name Can Be Used in a Formula/Function • Steps to Creating a First UDF in a Workbook • The Critical Step Required within a UDF to Return a Value to a Cell • VBA Conditional Logic Alternatives and What’s Best for a UDF • How to Use Compound Conditional Operators AND/OR/NOT • The 3 Major Benefits Experienced through Use of UDFs • How to Create User Help for a UDF • How to Use Public and Private UDFs • How to Make Use of a Fiscal Year/Quarter UDF • Make the VLOOKUP Unbreakable • How to Know if a Worksheet Function is also Useable within VBA.

PREREQUISITE: Excel with Macros & VBA Level 2 is required. Level 3 training builds upon concepts and skills covered in the first two courses.

REQUIRED: A computer running Windows with Excel 2007-2016, and High Speed Internet Access is required.

INSTRUCTOR BIOGRAPHIES John Agioritis, LL.B John practices in the area of tax litigation and tax dispute resolution. He has successfully challenged a number of Canada Revenue Agency assessments and reassessments using various dispute resolution mechanisms and through litigation at the Tax Court of Canada. He has also successfully obtained rectification and rescission orders to correct mistakes in tax based transactions and documentation for taxpayers, accountants and legal practitioners in various jurisdictions. John also represents clients on all types of criminal matters and regulatory infractions, including tax evasion and other allegations under the Income Tax Act and Excise Tax Act. John also routinely acts on criminal and regulatory infractions, particularly those laid under environmental, occupational health and safety, and criminal statutes. John has appeared before the Saskatchewan Provincial Court, the Saskatchewan Court of Queen’s Bench, the Saskatchewan Court of Appeal, the Supreme Court of the Northwest Territories and the Tax Court of Canada. Kirsten S. Albo, FCPA, FCA Kirsten is the President of ASK KSA Consulting Inc. which offers specialized consulting and advisory services to small to mid-sized public accounting firms to help ensure they are onside with required standards in the most efficient and effective manner possible. The Company provides a multitude of services including standards compliance assessment, external monitoring and second partner consultations. She also works with firms performing file efficiency reviews and delivering specialized in-house training courses. Kirsten has over 28 years of diversified business experience. The majority of her career was spent at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP where she was an assurance partner for public, private and NPO clients in a variety of industries. In this role she gained in-depth knowledge of assurance standards and accounting principles. She is known for her strong technical knowledge and the ability to apply it in a very practical manner. Kirsten is also an experienced and skilled instructor having taught courses locally, nationally and internationally over the span of her career. Kirsten has also written and delivered specialized courses on various topics. Her varied background and exposure provides her with a unique aspect to business. Dean Austin, CPA, CA, M.Acc. Dean is a partner at Scarrow & Donald, Chartered Professional Accountants, LLP. He provides a wide range of enterprises with assurance, accounting, tax and business advisory services. His professional service experiences include publicly and privately held enterprises in real estate, hospitality, mining, manufacturing and transportation sectors as well as not-for-profit organizations. He is a seminar leader for CPA Manitoba’s professional development program and a recipient of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Manitoba Early Achievement Award and CPA Manitoba Meritorious Service Award. Karine Benzacar, FCPA, FCMA, CPA (Del), CFA, MBA Karine is a seasoned industry professional with over 15 years of solid industry experience. After beginning her career in the finance departments of Avon Products and Kraft Foods, she held Senior Management positions at three major Canadian Banks – Royal Bank of Canada , Bank of Nova Scotia, and Bank of Montreal. Her career has spanned many functional areas including accounting, finance, capital markets, project management, re-engineering, and strategic management. She has performed consulting work, developed financial courses, and trained thousands of professionals from a wide variety of industries. In addition to her corporate training activities, Karine has been teaching undergraduate and MBA courses at several leading universities which include University of Toronto, Concordia University, and Ryerson University. She is a highly acclaimed industry expert, has presented at national industry conferences, and facilitated seminars for the Society of Management Accountants for 10 years. She helped develop and mark professional accounting exams for the Society of Management Accountants. She also trains bankers throughout Canada and the US for the North American Risk Management Association on financial statement analysis, cash flow, and credit risk assessment. Karine has an MBA from McGill University, a CPA, CMA, and a US CPA Ward Blatch, CPA, CA, MCSA Ward provides consulting and training services as a partner with K2E Canada throughout the United States and Canada. The professional development courses presented by Ward include cloud computing, business intelligence, security, technology updates, internal controls, paperless office, mobile office, Adobe Acrobat, Excel, Word, PowerPoint and Outlook. Ward obtained his CPA, CA designation while working at a Nova Scotia regional accounting firm before starting his own consulting and accounting practice. His practice provides accounting, tax, training, support, and network evaluations for small businesses and not-for-profit organizations.

Erin Bokshowan, LL.B Erin provides advice to clients on income tax, provincial sales tax, and goods and services tax issues. She assists clients at all stages of the business cycle, from incorporation to winding-up, ensuring all transactions are undertaken in a tax-efficient manner. She has extensive experience with asset and share purchase transactions, and assists clients in the preparation of unanimous shareholder agreements. She also has experience dealing with the establishment and governance of not-for-profit entities and registered charities. Erin also assists clients with estate planning matters, including the preparation of wills, powers of attorney and advance health care directives. Erin spent time as in-house counsel for one of the world’s largest diversified mining companies, and brings a unique business-focused perspective to all her files. Robert Boulton, CPA, CA, CBV Robert is Executive Vice President and COO of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Business Valuators. Bob has consulted on valuation matters concerning shareholder disputes, mergers and acquisitions, estate and tax planning, and minority oppression actions: damages, quantification matters concerning commercial disputes, intellectual property infringement, professional negligence and competition. Bob teaches an MBA course on business valuation at McMaster University. Greg Campeau, B.Comm Since founding Campeau Learning in 1991, Greg has delivered over 2900 presentations and workshops throughout North America establishing a client list that that includes organizations such as … Lafarge, Telus, Finning, TD and Royal Banks, London Drugs, both Canadian and U.S. Federal Governments, BC Hydro, KPMG, Provincial Governments of Alberta and B.C., Rogers Wireless and the NHL Coaches Association For thirteen years Greg instructed courses at BCIT (British Columbia Institute of Technology) School of Business in both Human Resource and Marketing faculties. Previous to becoming a professional facilitator / speaker, Greg obtained an Honors Bachelor of Commerce Degree from University of Windsor. Greg then went on to spend over 15 years in international packaged goods corporations (Nestle, Nabisco and Cadbury’s) achieving increasingly senior management positions while creating an outstanding track record of consistent success. Twice Greg led corporate divisions from worst to first in terms of overall performance (revenue growth, market share and profit). Greg Campeau is a learner and teacher of timeless truths that that enhance both personal and organizational success and stability in the “white water world” of the 21st Century. Jeremy Comeau, J.D., B.Comm. Jeremy holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree with a major in accounting and a law degree from the University of Alberta. Jeremy joined Felesky Flynn LLP as an articling student in 2013. His practice focuses primarily on corporate and personal tax planning for owner managed enterprises, with a specialization in tax planning for private mergers and acquisitions. Jeremy has been a speaker at numerous Canadian Tax Foundation, Canadian Bar Association and other tax related events, including most recently presenting a paper at the 2017 Prairie Provinces Tax Conference. Susan Cox, CPA, CA Susan is a professional development consultant with extensive experience in the assurance, taxation and national continuing education departments at PwC, in industry at Reed Paper, and most recently as the Director of Professional Development at CPA Ontario since 1999. She earned her CA designation in 1985, and completed the CPA Canada In-Depth Taxation Program in 1992. Elizabeth J. Farrell, FCPA, FCA Elizabeth is an Adjunct Professor at the Schulich School of Business. In recognition of her excellence in teaching she was selected as the winner of the Seymour Schulich Award for Teaching Excellence in 1999, 2003 and 2009 and nominated for the award in 2004, 2005, 2006, 2011 and 2015. She was selected as the winner of the John Peace Teaching Award in 2002 and 2012. Elizabeth served as assistant coordinator at CPA Ontario's School of Accountancy. She has taught executive development courses for the Schulich School of Business, professional development courses for CPA Ontario and firms. She was lead author on the CPA PEP assurance module, has authored publications including ian accounting case analysis software package, study guides, ASPE: A Comparison to IFRS, IFRS A Review of the Standards, IFRS Leases and co-authored Intermediate Financial Accounting, Researching and Documenting an Accounting Issue, ASPE and NFPO Updates and a variety of cases. Elizabeth was a member of the Competency Map Committee. Elizabeth has also served on the Board of Directors for a number of not-for-profit organizations.

Felesky Flynn LLP Mike Dolson, LL.M. Mike practices in all areas of taxation law with an emphasis on corporate and international tax planning. Mike has advised on transactions ranging from reorganizations of owner-manager businesses to billion-dollar public corporation divestures. He has also provided opinions on a wide range of income tax and GST matters, including topics relating to cross-border structures, insurance arrangements, not-for-profit organizations, charities and municipalities. Mike joined Felesky Flynn LLP as an articling student in 2009 upon completing his Bachelor of Laws Degree (with distinction) at the University of Western Ontario, where he received the Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP award in Tax Law, the Goodmans LLP Award in Taxation, the James G. McKee Taxation Award, the Insolvency Institute of Canada Bruce Leonard Prize in Insolvency Studies and the Law Society of Upper Canada Prize for academic standing. He has also completed his Master of Laws degree in United States taxation from New York University. Mike is an avid writer, and has presented for organizations including the Canadian Tax Foundation, the Canadian Bar Association, the Edmonton Tax Lawyers and Accountants Discussion Group and the Edmonton Tax Executive Community of Interest. He may also be the least physically gifted person to have ever presented to the Alberta Dance Educators Association. In his free time, Mike is a sessional lecturer in corporate taxation at the University of Alberta, Faculty of Law. Perry Kiefer, CPA, CA, TEP Perry joined Felesky Flynn LLP as a consultant in 2011 and he practices in all areas of personal and corporate taxation with a focus on matters affecting owner managed enterprises and their shareholders, such as tax optimization strategies for corporations and their executives, corporate reorganizations, and the implementation of effective estate planning strategies. Stephen Miazga, JD Stephen is an associate with the Saskatoon office of Felesky Flynn LLP. Prior to joining Felesky Flynn, Stephen was an associate at a major western Canadian law firm. Stephen is a sessional lecturer at the College of Law at the University of Saskatchewan teaching Trusts. He is also the vice chair of the Canadian Tax Foundation Young Practitioners. Stephen enjoys traveling, golfing and spending time outdoors. Crystal Taylor, TEP Crystal Taylor is a Partner with the Saskatoon office of Felesky Flynn LLP. Crystal received the award of the Best Lawyers in Canada©, Tax Law in 2014, 2015 and 2016 and was recognized in the Canadian Legal Lexpert® Directory, Estate & Personal Tax Planning also in 2014 and 2015. Crystal is a member of the Executive Committee for STEP Saskatchewan Chapter, Program Chair in 2015 and 2016. She was awarded Volunteer of the Year for 2015, STEP Saskatchewan Chapter. Crystal was a professor of Tax I, College of Law, University of Saskatchewan in 2013 – 2014. She has also acted as a member of the Program Committee for the Prairie Provinces Tax Conference in both 2010 and 2014. Crystal is also on the Board of Directors of the Saskatoon Club. She is a frequent speaker, writer and presenter in the area of tax law. Allan W. Foerster, CPA, CA Allan is currently a member of the accounting faculty and Associate MBA Director for the Toronto campus at the Lazaridis School of Business and Economics at Wilfrid Laurier University where he teaches senior financial accounting courses in the graduate and undergraduate programs. Allan is a past member of the Private Enterprise Advisory Committee and a past member of the CPA Ontario Board of Examination Evaluators. Robert Forsyth, FCPA, FCGA, CFI, MBA, MA Robert (Bob) Forsyth, FCPA, FCGA, CFI, MBA, MA has a background in public practice, and for the last twenty years he has concentrated on forensic accounting and risk management. He has completed more than fifty assignments for clients such as government agencies, First Nations, and lawyers. Bob has taught Professional Development seminars across Canada and in the Caribbean. Alex Garber, CPA, CA, MTax Alex has been in public practice since 2004, focusing primarily on income taxation for Canadian owner- managed businesses and their shareholders. Alex also teaches at York University, at the CPA Canada In- Depth Tax Course and at the PEP program for aspiring CPA students. Alex started his career at Deloitte and he's currently working at Fuller Landau LLP in Toronto.

Jim Gaston, FCPA, FCA Jim has over three decades helped clients with all phases of mergers, acquisitions and due diligence on companies they are interested in buying, or helping clients who are having due diligence performed on their organizations. He has provided these services re companies both very large or small in Canada as well as in other countries and brings a lot of real world experience to share. Jim is also an expert on auditing standards through having authored the audit methodologies of PW and through his work with CPAB. He has a firm grasp of internal control issues through engagements for the head of COSO on internal control issues and his years of experience as an EDP audit specialist. He has for the past two years been working with clients to help them raise finances for a variety of reasons. Greg Gartner, CPA, CA, MBA, LLB, QC Greg Gartner leads Moodys Gartner Tax Law LLP’s Canadian tax law practice. Greg specializes in the area of giving tax advice to owner-managed and public businesses, with particular emphasis on business re- organizations, purchases, and sales and estate planning in both the domestic and Canada/US cross-border environments. He is also regarded as a leading expert in agricultural tax. In addition to practicing law since being called to the Alberta Bar in 1993, Greg has gained more than 15 years of experience as a Chartered Professional Accountant. Diane Gaudon, FCPA, FCGA Diane her own practice providing GST, HST, QST and provincial sales tax advice and training to businesses of all sizes across North America. Over the past 25 years, she has gained extensive accounting and taxation expertise spanning many industries. She is a very popular speaker who frequently presents commodity tax related material to numerous professional organizations. Diane authored numerous publications and courses. In addition, Diane was on the Ontario provincial government HST Implementation Committee.

Tom Gillespie, CPA, CA Tom Gillespie is a partner and co-founder of Clearline Consulting CPA. Tom is a public practitioner with over ten years of accounting and assurance experience having formerly been the associate director of practice review with CPABC. Prior to working with CPABC he was an audit manager with a major international accounting firm. Tom provides file compliance, monitoring, in-house training, audit planning and on-going consulting services to CPA firms and practitioners, helping them succeed and build thriving practices. Kent Greaves, CPA, CA Kent is an enthusiastic, mathematically inclined, real world oriented, Chartered Professional Accountant. He has had extensive experience operating successful businesses in Alberta. While accounting has its foundation in journal entries and ledgers, Kent spends most of his time taking care of book keeping and tax filings while assisting small business owners make the key decisions necessary to ensure their companies grow and thrive. Kent is a business advisor. Being involved in small business at a very young age, his first business was a flooring installation company that he started at the age of 19. After receiving a Bachelor of Commerce (with Distinction) from the University of Alberta, Kent realized that accounting is the language of business and enrolled in the Chartered Accounting School of Business where he obtained a Chartered Accountant designation. Kent worked in medium/large accounting firms for nearly 7 years where he prepared countless tax returns and learned they myriad of rules and requirements of the CRA. Kent’s focus was privately held companies all across Alberta and he assisted owners in finding optimal tax planning and ensuring all the necessary paperwork was filed with the federal and provincial tax authorities. Wanting a new challenge, Kent left public accounting and became the Corporate Controller for an engineering firm with 1,800+ employees. As a member of the executive management team, Kent spent the next three years trying to navigate the turbulent economic waters of Alberta (it was 2011/12/13) and grow the company as it rebuilt from the retraction that occurred in 2008/09. In his time there, revenues grew 125% and profits grew exponentially. Kent learned many key aspects of what it takes to succeed in today’s world and how to properly structure teams, locations and when/how to make tough decisions. Thanks to the hard work of many people, the company was sold in 2014 for an exceptional sum. Having learned a great deal of how to structure a company, how to grow revenues, how to find the staff to do the work, and finally how to sell a profitable business, Kent started his own practice in 2014. He now helps small business in Alberta utilize some of the key tactics larger companies employ in reaching success.

Mike Harris, LLB Mike is a partner of Dentons’ Tax Group. His practice is focused on corporate tax planning and reorganization, as well as tax litigation, compliance, and dispute resolution. Mike advises clients on corporate reorganizations including share and asset rollovers, butterfly transactions among related parties, stock dividends, share redemptions, debt assignments/assumptions and debt-to-equity conversions. He also assists clients with GST issues, including on the sale of real property and applicability to amounts paid as settlements. Mike also advises on employment benefit issues and salary deferral arrangements, and provides international clients with advice on “Canadianizing” share plans, specifically for US entities wishing to provide plans to Canadian employees and other Canada-US outbound and inbound investment issues. Jeff Harrison, CPA, CMA Jeff Harrison has been an indirect tax practitioner for over 28 years. He currently resides in Regina, Saskatchewan as a senior manager with MNP LLP as part of their national indirect tax service line. He spent over 7 years as a GST auditor with the Canada Revenue Agency, starting when the GST was first introduced in 1991. He has spent the next 19 years in public practice working in some of the largest accounting firms specializing in indirect taxes, including provincial sales tax. Jeff is from Saskatchewan and serves clients of all types and sizes in most industry sectors including mining & energy, financial services, retail, manufacturing, non-profit/charity, among others. He is an experienced practitioner who can work with complex transactions and determine innovative and practical strategies to applying legislation. He serves clients throughout Saskatchewan as well as other parts of Canada. He has written numerous articles and presented on sales taxes to many organizations over the years to promote a better understanding of the sales taxes. Jules Hawkins, CPA, CA Jules is a partner of Hawkins and Co. Accounting Professional Corp. (www.hawkins-accounting.ca) He received his UK CA in England in 1996, and his Ontario CA in 2005. Before founding his own firm in 2014, Jules spent 20 years with Big 4 and regional-level firms, focusing on assurance. He has significant experience developing and teaching training courses in both the UK and Canada. Jules teaches advanced accounting courses at the University of Windsor, and serves on CPA Canada's SMP Advisory Committee. From 2011 through 2014, he was also Chief Financial Officer of Essex Angel Capital Inc., a TSX-Venture Exchange listed investment company. Darrell Herauf, CPA, CA, CGA Darrell is a professor in accounting at the Eric Sprott School of Business, Carleton University where he has received numerous teaching awards. He is the co-author of the market leading advanced financial accounting textbook in Canada and author of other teaching supplements. Darrell has been involved in professional accounting education at the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ontario and other professional accounting associations for over 25 years in a variety of roles, including teaching, developing cases, examinations and other program material, and serving as a member of the Examinations subcommittee. Chi Ho Ng, CPA, CA, MBA Chi Ho is a principal of Auditing and Assurance Standards with Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada (CPA Canada). In this role, Chi Ho is responsible for identifying, researching and making recommendations on complex auditing and assurance issues in Canada and drafting Canadian auditing and assurance standards. In addition, Chi Ho is a part-time instructor for several Chartered Professional Accountants of Ontario (CPA Ontario) professional development courses and a frequent speaker to the CPA community on accounting and auditing topics. Chi Ho has also written several articles for CPA magazine and developed training materials. Nicholas Horlick, JD Nicholas is an associate lawyer and member of the MLT Aikins tax litigation team. He graduated from University of Saskatchewan with distinction in 2015 and was a member of the Saskatchewan Law Review editorial board and the Gale Moot team. Melanie Joseph, CPA, CA Melanie has over 20 years of experience working with private and public sector entities. She obtained her Masters in Accountancy from the University of Waterloo and currently works as a Principal in Grant Thornton LLP’s National Accounting Standards group. Melanie develops publications and training courses for her firm and works with clients dealing with complex accounting matters. She is also an active member of a number of accounting advisory groups including CPA Canada’s Private Enterprise Advisory Committee.

Doug Kalesnikoff, FCPA, FCA, IFA Doug is an Assistant Professor with the Edwards School of Business at the University of Saskatchewan. His teaching responsibilities include MPACC806 - Assurance for the Masters of Professional Accounting Program, MBA803 and 844 -for the Masters of Business Administration Program and COMM420 - Fraud Prevention Detection and Investigation for the undergraduate program. In 2004, 2006 and 2008 Mr. Kalesnikoff was awarded the MPACC Teaching Excellence Award which is sponsored by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Alberta.

Mr. Kalesnikoff has practiced in the forensic accounting discipline for the past 20 years. He has provided expert evidence in the courts, international commissions of inquiry, and other commissions, hearings and tribunals on over 50 occasions

Mr. Kalesnikoff work as a forensic accountant dealing with criminal investigations and public inquiries, include: • Investigation of alleged frauds on behalf of the R.C.M.P. Commercial Crime Sections, corporations and government agencies. • Investigations of alleged drug traffickers on behalf of the R.C.M.P. Anti-Drug Profiteering and Proceeds of Crime Sections. • Investigations into government corruption and fraud allegations for both the Williams and the Blom- Cooper Commissions of Inquiry for the Federation of St. Christopher and Nevis, West Indies. • Investigation into government corruption, theft and fraud allegations of the Medical Benefits Scheme for the McIntyre Royal Commission of Inquiry in Antigua and Barbuda, West Indies. • Compliance audits for royalty and tax matters for the governments of St. Kitts-Nevis, Jamaica, St. Lucia, St. Vincent-Grenadines, Antigua and the Cayman Islands in the Caribbean.

Mr. Kalesnikoff has developed and instructed courses on Forensic Accounting and Fraud Auditing provided to the R.C.M.P. Commercial Crime Sections of Saskatoon and Regina, the Saskatchewan Police College, the Saskatoon City Police, the Calgary Police Service, the Inland Revenue Service of the Federation of St. Kitts and Nevis, the Tax At and Administrative Department of the Jamaica Revenue Service, Saskatchewan Crop Insurance, SaskPower, Credit Institute of Canada, Certified Fraud Examiners and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Saskatchewan.

Mr. Kalesnikoff was featured in an article titled "Our Man in Antigua" in the October 2002 issue of CA Magazine, a publication of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants. Nicole Kalesnikoff, CPA, CA, IFA Nicole is a Manager with MNP’s Forensic & Investigative Services team in Saskatoon. Nicole’s clients range in size and include organizations in diverse sectors such as government, law, law enforcement, commercial, oil and gas, not-for-profits, Aboriginal, manufacturing, professional services and real estate.

Nicole has worked on forensic investigations, provided litigation support and assisted with audits, reviews and consulting engagements. Since 2009, she has focused her practice on investigative and forensic accounting and litigation support.

Nicole is adept at providing investigative and litigation support in both civil and criminal matters, including Ponzi schemes, employee fraud, estate / Power of Attorney disputes, shareholder disputes, insurance investigations and matrimonial disputes. Kevin Kirkpatrick, JD, MBA Kevin is an architect in a complex tax world. With a background in cross border tax law and accounting, his forward thinking approach allows him to analyze the intricacies of the law and the tax code, and simplify the often overwhelming situation for his clients. As with a traditional architect, the numbers matter, but Kevin’s eye is always on the prize and his ultimate goal is to do meaningful work for his clients, designing a complete, strategic plan to move them towards achieving their financial goals. Kevin is a barrister and solicitor with Moodys Gartner Tax Law LLP specializing in U.S. Tax. Dallas Kleckner, CPA, CGA, JD Never one to choose the path of least resistance, Dallas was attracted to the field of tax law because nobody has ever looked at the Income Tax Act and thought it was “easy”. Upon receiving his accounting designation, Dallas pursued a degree in law and found his niche somewhere in the middle, practicing tax law. Dallas thrives on the challenge of applying the intricacies of taxation and the law to each unique client and case. Recognizing that no two matters are alike, he tailors his approach to strategically analyze their complete financial situation and how to optimize the tax piece. Dallas is a barrister and solicitor with Moodys Gartner Tax Law LLP.

Cindy Kottoor, CPA, CA, CIA Cindy is President of Neverest Inc., a leading provider of fully customized professional development training for professional accountants and auditors. Working with professional institutes, corporations, the public sector and public accounting firms, Cindy is a risk and control specialist who brings her varied work experience in Canada and the US to each course she leads, ensuring each is highly practical, relevant, and interactive, imparting tools and techniques for immediate application. In 2011, Cindy received the CPA Ontario (formerly ICAO) Award of Distinction and was identified as a “Super CA” by CA Magazine. Visit www.neverest.ca to learn more. Howie Kroon, CPA, CA Howie is currently working as a management consultant providing strategic, operational, financial, and business coaching to CEO’s and their executive teams. He has a strong skill set in assisting clients with difficult situations. Previously, he was the CEO/President of Palliser Lumber Sales in Calgary. During his tenure, Palliser was recognized for six consecutive years as one of Canada’s 50 Best Managed Companies. Jeff Lee, Q.C., LL.B Jeff represents companies in financial distress, lenders and court officers in restructuring and insolvency proceedings across Western Canada. Jeff’s insolvency experience includes assignments in the manufacturing, energy, aviation, real estate, agribusiness, hospitality, transportation, telecommunications, fish processing, construction, forest products, mining and pulp and paper industries. He is a member of the MLT Aikins Wealth Preservation & Asset Protection Group. In his commercial litigation practice, Jeff represents parties involved in shareholder disputes, banking litigation, landlord-tenant matters and builders’ lien litigation. He has appeared before Superior Courts in British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan, Manitoba and New Brunswick, Appellate Courts in Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba and before the Federal Court, Tax Court and Supreme Court of Canada. Ryan Legage, JD, B.Comm. Ryan practices in complex commercial litigation and arbitration. He has experience with significant class actions, insurance, regulatory and resource-related litigation. He has appeared before the trial and appellate courts in Saskatchewan and Alberta, the Federal Court and Federal Court of Appeal and the Supreme Court of Canada. Milan Legris, LL.B., LL.M, TEP Milan is a tax and estate planning lawyer in Ancaster, ON. Milan restricts his work to consulting with other professional advisors for high-net worth individuals, senior executives and key employees, as well as owner- managers and their families. Milan was called to the Ontario bar in 1986 and is also an advisor and author of reference materials on taxation for the Law Society of Ontario’s (LSO) Professional Development and Competence Department. Milan was a lecturer and instructor for the LSO’s Bar Admission Course on taxation. Philip Maguire, CPA, CA Philip received his designation while employed at Ernst & Young (formerly Clarkson Gordon) and a Certified Information Systems Auditor finalist. Philip is a principal in Glendian Consultancy Ltd., an accounting practice that specializes in Compliance and Internal Audit. Philip has over 30 years of business experience in Canada, Hong Kong, the Philippines, Ireland and the United States. His organization has implemented a number of assignments across a variety of industries for companies with market capitalizations ranging from $50 million to $2 billion. Before he formed Glenidan Consultancy in 2005 Philip was a Vice-President of Finance at one of the country's largest financial institutions. Philip has spoken at a number of accounting conferences across Canada. He is a member of the Accounting Standards Board Insurance Accounting Task Force- Associates Group: the Ontario Securities Commission’s Continuous Disclosure Advisory Committee: the Steering Committee of XBRL Canada: and the Committee on Corporate Reporting of Financial Executives International (Canada). Philip has been a guest speaker on several television shows such as The Prosperity Show, Money in the Bank and Your Wealth and has contributed many articles to the Canada Business Wire on matters dealing with personal finance. He is a former Chairman of the Multiple Sclerosis Society, Ontario Division, Mississauga Chapter. Philip is a mentor for the Ryerson University’s StartMeUp program and the Chartered Professional Accountants (CPA) Ontario MAP to Success program. Philip is also the founder and Managing Director of Executive Mentors Inc. Executive Mentors has retained a number of retired business executives who have the time, energy and wisdom to mentor Canada’s next generation of entrepreneurs and business leaders.

Shari Mann, CPA, CA Shari is a lecturer at the University of Waterloo, president of Strann Consulting Inc. and a member of the Private Enterprise Advisory Committee. Prior experience includes over ten years in public practice, both in Canada and New Zealand. In one of her positions, Shari was responsible for staff training, standards and quality control at a national firm. Her consulting activities include the preparation and presentation of numerous professional development courses in financial accounting and assurance. Complementary activities include the provision of professional services to small and medium-sized accounting firms. Arun K. Mathur, CPA, CA, LPA Arun is the Executive Director at UltimQuest Knowledge Inc. and Partner at Gerald Duthie & Co. LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants. He has extensive consulting, auditing and internal control evaluation experience in the Public, Corporate and Not-For-Profit sectors. He began delivering training at Clarkson Gordon’s (now EY) Toronto office and at several universities and colleges in Ontario. Today, he delivers live and online training on Improving Governance in the Public, Corporate and Not-For-Profit sectors, Business Ethics, Internal Control, Fraud Prevention, Risk Management, Financial Management and Public Speaking. He delivers training across the country through CPA British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, Ontario, New Brunswick, PEI, Nova Scotia, Newfoundland and Labrador and Bermuda. He serves on the board at Health Force Ontario Marketing and Recruitment Agency and chairs its Finance and Audit Committee. Visit www.ultimquest.com for more information. Jennifer McCann, CPA, CA Jennifer is the CEO of FocusCPD Inc. With over 20 years’ experience, Jennifer assists accounting firms with the effective and efficient application of accounting and assurance standards and the maintenance of quality controls systems through creating and delivering relevant training programs. Jennifer is also co-author of CPA Canada publications The Professional Engagement Guide (PEG) and The Quality Assurance Manual. She is an active member of the IAASB's Data Analytics Working Group Project Panel. Hugh Neilson, FCPA, FCA, TEP Hugh is an independent contractor to Kingston Ross Pasnak LLP, where he is a Director, Taxation Services. He is also an independent contractor to Video News Inc. where he is a member of the Editorial Board of Video Tax News, appearing regularly in their monthly video and newsletter. Hugh has over 25 years of public practice experience, focusing on income tax services for individuals and owner-managed private corporations. He is an author, mentor and instructor in the provincial Continuing Professional Education programs in Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba, has presented at the CPA Canada National Conference on Income Tax and The One conference, the Canadian Tax Foundation’s Prairie Provinces Tax Conference, the Banff Small Practitioners Forum and CPA Forum North. Since April, 2013, he has served as a Director, and the Treasurer, of the Centre for Public Legal Education of Alberta. Hugh is the 2014 recipient of CPA Canada’s Award for Excellence in Income Tax. Vivian Nicholas, CPA, CA Vivian Nicholas has over 30 years of experience in the public sector at the municipal and provincial levels and was a member of the Public Sector Accounting Board. She served on the PSAB Task Force for Tangible Capital Assets and as Director of Finance was responsible for implementing PSAB standards at the City of Regina, including accounting for landfill, pension and employee benefit costs. Vivian served as President of the Western Canada Government Finance Officers Association (now Canadian Association of Government Finance Officers) from 2007 to 2010. As an assistant professor at the University of Regina, Vivian taught introductory and intermediate accounting and has led seminars and presentations on various topics over her career. Bridget Noonan, CPA, CA Bridget Noonan is the director and co-founder of Clearline Consulting. Bridget was with a mid-size accounting firm in Vancouver for 12 years as a leader in the audit and assurance practice, while managing internal training and firm development. Bridget moved into a professional standards adviser role at CPABC where she continued to support and assist practitioners through the application of professional standards. Bridget now provides consulting services to small and mid-size firms in areas of regulatory and standards compliance, quality control, monitoring, in-house training and efficiency projects.

Paul Olfert, JD Paul draws on the experience of our prominent corporate and commercial group to provide practical advice to businesses, lenders and individuals and focuses particularly on real estate matters. He has negotiated and drafted agreements and corporate arrangements related to share transactions, real estate transactions, and business purchases and relationships. In addition to providing transactional and regulatory advice to small and large businesses, Paul also has experience working with lenders on mortgage enforcement solutions. Prior to joining the firm, Paul clerked at the Saskatchewan Court of Appeal. He is a member of the MLT Aikins Wealth Preservation & Asset Protection Practice Group Massood Oroomchi, BSc. (Econ.) Massood is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales, and a past-member of the Accounting Standards Oversight Council of CPA Canada. As a founding member of FinEx Group, he specializes in design and implementation of internal control systems including COSO 2013, best practices for corporate governance, enterprise-wide risk assessment, and finance process optimization including accelerated close and spreadsheet controls. He has developed a comprehensive top-down, risk-based Internal Control Program that could easily be customized to any size of firm whether publicly traded, private, pre-IPO, government or not-for-profit organizations. Tom Pister, CPA, CA, LL.B. Tom is a CPA and tax lawyer specializing in all facets of income taxation and estate planning in the private corporation and owner/manager contexts with particular expertise in the area of corporate reorganizations. He also represents clients on a variety of tax issues involving the CRA (including voluntary disclosures, tax audits, objections etc.). He has taught tax courses through CPA Ontario and the Ontario Bar Admission Course. Dennis Plum Dennis Plum has over thirty years IT experience as a Corporate Manager, Application Developer, Microsoft Systems Engineer and Microsoft Certified Trainer. His current training and consulting practice focuses on Microsoft Excel, Macros and VBA. He is the President and Principle Trainer at Willis Plum Holdings Inc. and has developed the “Excel with Macros and VBA” workshops. Since launching this training in 2008, over 3,000 participants have said that this training has not only met their expectations, but they’d recommend it to others. Scott Powell, CPA, CA Scott is the Managing Director of MDA Training for Canada. Scott has designed and delivered workshops for organizations as diverse as Accenture, Allied Irish Bank, AMEC, ATB Financial, Bank of America Merrill Lynch, JP Morgan, BC Ferries, Coast Capital Savings, Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank, HSBC, ICBC, ING and CPA Canada. Scott is both a Canadian and a UK Chartered Accountant who holds an honours degree in Politics/Economics from Trent University, Canada and a master’s degree in Economics from Cambridge University. Stephen Priddle, CPA, CA, CMA Stephen is the President and founder of Practical PD, Seminars for Accountants, as well as Vice-President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary of SureWx Inc. He also advises a number of businesses and not for profit organizations. An engaging and experienced speaker, Stephen weaves practical tips together with stories from his business experience and input from participants. His seminars are based on over 30 years of corporate experience. After working with KPMG for five years, Stephen moved into industry, where he has worked for both public and private companies. He has gained a wide range of experience in financial reporting, treasury management, merger & acquisition and other business matters. Stephen speaks at accounting conferences, and presents accounting seminars in many contexts. He leads sessions in the CPA PEP program and previously taught in the legacy CA Program, CGA, CMA Programs and has also taught at the University of Toronto and Carleton University. Stephen is also a prolific author. His published business, accounting and finance cases are used by organizations across Canada. Margaret Riggin, CPA, CA Margaret obtained her CA in 1980 and completed the CPA Canada In-Depth Tax program in 1984. She is a sole practitioner providing tax consulting services to small firms and sole practitioners. She has extensive experience with estates and will planning, corporate reorganizations, real estate, acquisitions and divestitures, and corporate and personal tax planning. Margaret has been a frequent instructor and lecturer for CPAO, teaches income tax law at York University, and is an accomplished author on various tax subject matters.

Tammy Robertson, MA Tammy believes that the essence of our challenge today is captured in one simple message, “Get Your Heart in the Game!” As a life coach, author, and professional speaker to audiences across North America she inspires and challenges you to step into your Best Life -- to be purposeful and passionate -- to slow down -- to get a grip, tune in and have faith. Tammy believes most people want to be excited about their life and work, and learning to stay positive and inspired is the key to a fulfilling life. She is known for her impact and the ability to ignite positive change and renewed energy with people and organizations. As a respected commentator in the media on workplace wellness and culture, Tammy offers a unique blend of research, observation and gritty guidance along with a distinct call to action to “make your time count.” Tammy Robertson has a Masters in Physical and Health Education from the University of Western Ontario. With over 25 years of corporate and entrepreneurial experience, she brings a keen understanding of current challenges to her audiences. Tammy speaks to audiences from 50 to 500 and has an extensive and broad client base from Finance, Education, Health Care, Oil and Gas, and Government to Non-Profit. Her work with trusted clients often evolves from a speaking engagement to ongoing consultation, in-house workshop facilitation and leadership coaching to provide tools and practices that support a new culture of encouragement and accountability and a higher level of living and leading. Tammy teaches at two universities, with over 1,000 hours teaching leadership for the Faculty of Continuing Education at University of Calgary. She is a recent faculty member at The Banff Centre for Management in Banff, AB. and is part of an international team of coaches delivering the Coaching for Great Work Program™. Tammy is also a Founder of RealTalk, a global community committed to improving communication and relationships one real talk at a time. Jonathan Robinson, MA, MFCC Jonathan Robinson is a psychotherapist, best-selling author of fourteen books, and a professional speaker from Northern California. For the past 30 years he has spoken to dozens of Fortune 500 companies including Google, Microsoft, Dell Computer, Coca-Cola, and Fed-Ex. Mr. Robinson has made numerous appearances on the Oprah show and CNN, as well as other national TV talk shows. He has reached over 100 million people around the world, and is known for providing his audiences with immediately useful information presented in a fun and entertaining manner. Gregory M. Sawatsky, MAcc, CPA, CA Gregory graduated from Brock University’s Co-Op Program with an Honours Bachelor of Accounting degree in 2000, receiving three awards for academic achievement. Greg passed the 2000 National Uniform Final CA examinations, ranking 6th in Ontario and received his CA designation in 2001. Greg completed his Master of Accountancy degree with a specialization in Taxation in December 2001. Greg was appointed manager in 2002 and was admitted to partnership in 2007. He has completed the CICA In-Depth Tax course and the CICA In-Depth GST course. John Schappert, CPA, CA With over ten years of experience advising unique businesses on the potential tax implications of unusual transactions or potential projects, there’s not much John hasn’t been faced with. Whether he’s consulting on business sales and acquisitions, ensuring compliance with the ever-evolving tax regime, or maximizing your after-tax dollars – the more complex the problem, the more he comes into his own. John has a genuine appreciation for entrepreneurs whose energy, capital, and capacity for innovation and re- invention are the main driving force for our economy. John knows trust is everything, and that’s what makes the difference when it comes to working with owner-managed businesses and medium-sized enterprises. John’s focus on continuous learning ensures he will constantly search for better ways to help his clients accomplish their goals. John is a tax advisor with Moodys Gartner Tax Law LLP.

Joel Shapiro, Ph.D. Joel has educated thousands of leaders in his open enrolment programs and has designed and facilitated customized leadership and organizational development programs for many national and international organizations, including Accenture, Apache, ATCO, BC Hydro, Direct Energy, ICBC, LaFarge, TELUS, and WestJet. Joel specializes in building leadership capacity, improving collaborative practice, and aligning culture with strategy to create a competitive advantage for his clients. Joel helped save his third generation family business in an extreme turnaround situation, transforming the company from a local, non-competitive, commodity supplier into a national, highly competitive, value added service provider. He founded Advanture Consulting in 2001 and is now working on a start up in the agriculture and energy spaces. He is a former member of the Canadian National Freestyle Ski Team; earned a Ph.D. with Distinction in Philosophy; served as an Adjunct Assistant Professor in the leading edge Master of Workplace Learning Program at the University of Calgary; is Associate Faculty for the Vancouver School for Narrative Therapy; and does pro-bono work for a variety of non-profits (ethnic, gender, and environmental). Jeffrey D. Sherman, FCPA, FCA, MBA, CIM Jeffrey has over 25 years’ experience as a corporate director and executive in high tech, biotechnology/medical, financial services, and business services. His interests include corporate governance, risk management and internal control, corporate finance, restructuring and start-up enterprises and initial public offerings. Mr. Sherman is a popular presenter, and was an adjunct professor at York University for fifteen years. He is a frequent course director and course author for many organizations including provincial bodies of chartered professional accountants across Canada, and the Law Society of Upper Canada, and has written many magazine articles and over twenty books including: Canadian Treasury Management, and Financial Instruments: A Guide for Financial Managers (published by Thomson-Reuters/Carswell), as well as Finance and Accounting PolicyPro and Information Technology PolicyPro (guides to governance, procedures, and internal control), and Cash Management Toolkit for Small and Medium Businesses (published or co- published by the CPA Canada). David Trahair, CPA, CA David is a Chartered Professional Accountant (CPA, CA), and a personal finance writer, trainer and e-Learning content developer. He is the author of six books on personal financial issues including three national bestsellers and was a columnist for CPA Magazine from 2014 to 2018. A straight shooter, David is able to explain the often confusing world of personal finance in simple English. He has a no-nonsense style and independent view. Because he does not work in the financial services industry or sell financial products, there are no sponsors behind the scenes shaping what he says. He says and writes what he wants, providing unfiltered advice for the hard-working Canadian. David operates a personal finance training and e-Learning content development firm and gives in-class and on-line seminars to CPAs in British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, Ontario, New Brunswick, Newfoundland & Labrador and Nova Scotia. He has made many television appearances including CITY TV Breakfast Television, BNN, CBC NewsWorld, CTV and CFTO News, Rogers TV, CBC Venture and CHTV. I have also been featured on many local and national radio programs including CBC Radio One. David was also a past-director of Credit Canada, a non-profit organization dedicated to helping people deal with credit problems. Warren Trickey, BComm, CPA, CA, TEP Warren, a graduate of Queen’s University, received his designation in 1974. With over forty years’ experience as a tax specialist with McCay Duff LLP in Ottawa, his career includes advising clients in such specialized areas as corporate reorganizations, personal tax, retirement and estate planning, U. S. personal income tax and other cross-border issues. Warren is a frequent presenter of income tax courses for CPA Ontario. Adam Unick, JD Adam is an associate lawyer based in the firm’s Regina office. He maintains a general corporate commercial practice with a focus on corporate governance, commercial transactions and taxation. He completed his Juris Doctor in 2018 at the University of Saskatchewan with great distinction. During law school, Adam worked on the Editorial Board of the Saskatchewan Law Review, was a teaching assistant for the Legal Research and Writing course, and competed in the Bowman National Tax Moot.

Kim Varey, CPA, CA Kim has instructed a wide range of courses in financial accounting, assurance, management and leadership for Canadian accounting associations, the CA and CPA Western Schools of Business, Mount Royal University, AuditWatch and directly to firms and public companies. In addition to teaching, she provides consulting services on effective business management and technical review in IFRS and ASPE. Kim began her career with eleven years in public practice, serving owner-managed business, public companies and not-for-profits. Kim is extensively involved with Calgary and Foothills Search and Rescue, and has served on the Board of Foothills Land Trust. Garrett Wasny, MA, CMC, CITP/FIBP Garrett is a Vancouver-based professional development consultant to accountants worldwide. He advises Certified Public Accountants, Chartered Professional Accountants and other financial professionals how to be more productive online using search, mobile, productivity and social tools. His writing credits include three books (published by McGraw Hill, Government Institutes, and John Wiley and Sons) and more than 100 published articles in leading newspapers and business publications including the Financial Post, Knight Ridder publications, Business in Vancouver and World Trade. Garrett is the host of Cloud Warrior Week, a week-long professional development experience for mature executives and workers who want to get instantly up to speed on the latest and best cloud tools including search, mobile, productivity and social technologies. Kurt Wintermute, LL.B., B.Comm. Kurt Wintermute is the senior tax litigator and head of the firm’s tax litigation practice area. Kurt’s primary practice area is tax dispute resolution and tax litigation. He advises clients and litigates matters at all court levels involving corporate and personal income tax, goods and services tax, voluntary disclosures, tax evasion, employment insurance, Canada Pension Plan and Customs issues, provincial sales tax, provincial royalties, and commodities tax. He has successfully challenged a number of Canada Revenue Agency and provincial tax reassessments, most recently involving Canadian residency issues and the Canada-U.S. treaty tie breaker rules, the GAAR and the kiddie tax, Saskatchewan mineral royalties, transfer pricing penalties, employee benefits and the deductibility of resource surcharges. Kurt has extensive experience in achieving cost-effective resolutions of tax disputes on behalf of clients with federal and provincial taxation agencies and before the Tax Court of Canada, Superior Courts of the Provinces and Appellate Courts. Chris Wyman, CPA, CMA, CIA Chris is VP, Learning and Development with MDA Training Inc. Previously Chris held the role of Director of Internal Audit at a Canadian financial institution. Chris has experience with corporate governance, risk and compliance. He also has operational experience in commercial, private and retail banking. Chris is a CPA (CMA). He is also a Certified Internal Auditor, a Certified Risk Management Assurance Professional and is accredited by the Institute of Internal Auditors to facilitate IIA Courses.